diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2022-06-21 03:01:01 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2022-06-21 03:01:01 +0000 |
commit | 884ebedeec6018feff488351eff936cf5b56c030 (patch) | |
tree | d9870d60c056ad8828c2a53023fedd31e87a0792 /macros/latex/contrib | |
parent | d1dd8ea4ff1d6807ae7c5ee72de330c33e166131 (diff) |
CTAN sync 202206210301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib')
32 files changed, 3867 insertions, 1684 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/Changes b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/Changes index e9b70b0027..73630cf187 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/Changes +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/Changes @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ hvextern.sty ---------------- +v 0.31 2022-06-20 - added package option checkCode to run the external + file only if the code changes. v 0.30 2022-06-09 - added \hfuzz=\maxdimen for filename to prevent overfull box messages v 0.29 2022-06-06 - use skin "enhanced jigsaw" for tcolorbox diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.pdf Binary files differindex 0f2754a178..6e11028f20 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.tex index 724f779a73..d3f81f7447 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/doc/hvextern.tex @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -%% $Id: hvextern.tex 574 2022-06-09 19:34:31Z herbert $ +%% $Id: hvextern.tex 577 2022-06-20 16:35:21Z herbert $ \RequirePackage{pdfmanagement-testphase} \DeclareDocumentMetadata{} \documentclass[ngerman,a4paper,twoside]{article} @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ \usepackage{fancyhdr} \pagestyle{fancy} \usepackage{hvlogos} -\usepackage{hvextern} +\usepackage[checkCode]{hvextern} \usepackage{hvindex} \usepackage{hvdoctools} \usepackage{listings} @@ -34,14 +34,24 @@ from within a main\newline \LaTeX\ document~--v. \hvexternFileversion} %\newpage \setkeys{hv}{moveToExampleDir,ExampleDir=Exa,showFilename,verbose} -\section{Syntax} + + +\clearpage + +\section{Loading the package} \begin{verbatim} -\usepackage{hvextern} +\usepackage[Option]{hvextern} \end{verbatim} -\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\enlargethispage{2ex}} +There exists only one option \Loption{checkCode} which is only valid +for the use of \LuaLaTeX. In this case an already existing external file will only be compiled, if the +code changed. This dosn't depends on the setting of the option \Lkeyword{force}. +The package option will speed up the compilation time. +\section{Syntax} + +\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\enlargethispage{2ex}} \begin{sloppypar} This package allows to write external \MP, \TeX, \ConTeXt, \LaTeX, \LuaTeX, \LuaLaTeX, \XeTeX, \XeLaTeX, @@ -96,7 +106,7 @@ outside of the main document and then to insert the output we can do this from within this \LuaLaTeX\ document itself. The external document is compiled with \XeLaTeX\ and the output is insert as pdf image: \begin{externalDocument}[% - compiler=xelatex, inline, force, runs=2, grfOptions={height=8pt},% + compiler=xelatex, inline, force=false, runs=2, grfOptions={height=8pt},% crop, cropmargin=0, cleanup, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{ctexart} \pagestyle{empty} @@ -112,7 +122,7 @@ shown by the environment \Lenv{externalDocument}. \begin{minipage}{.59\linewidth} \begin{lstlisting} \begin{externalDocument}[ - compiler=pdflatex,force,cleanup]{voss} + compiler=pdflatex,force=false,cleanup]{voss} \documentclass{standalone} %StartVisiblePreamble \usepackage{fontenc} @@ -136,7 +146,7 @@ shown by the environment \Lenv{externalDocument}. \end{minipage} \begin{minipage}{.39\linewidth} \begin{externalDocument}[ - compiler=pdflatex,force=true,cleanup={log,aux},showFilename=false]{voss} + compiler=pdflatex,force=false,cleanup={log,aux},showFilename=false]{voss} \documentclass{standalone} %StartVisiblePreamble \usepackage{fontenc} @@ -192,7 +202,7 @@ catagory, which is done internally by the package. The complete definition of th compiler=python3, code, ext=py, - force=true, + force=false, docType=py, usefancyvrb, grfOptions={width=\linewidth}]{python} @@ -242,7 +252,7 @@ line in the above code shows how it can be done with Python. \begin{externalDocument}[ compiler=python3, progpath=/usr/local/bin/, - force=true, + force=false, runs=1, code, ext=py, @@ -292,6 +302,8 @@ set in twocolumn mode but inside a starred floating environment over both column, then use the keyword \Lkeyword{outerFN}. Then \Lpack{hvextern} doesn't test for twocolumn mode. +\enlargethispage{\normalbaselineskip} + A vertical shift of the filename is possible by setting a length to the keyword \Lkeyword{shiftFN}, e.g. \texttt{shiftFN=5ex}. @@ -300,7 +312,7 @@ e.g. \texttt{shiftFN=5ex}. \begin{externalDocument}[grfOptions={width=0.95\linewidth}, compiler=xelatex,code,mpwidth=0.6\linewidth, - crop,cleanup,force=true,usefancyvrb=false,ext=tex,showFilename=false]{voss} + crop,cleanup,force=false,usefancyvrb=false,ext=tex,showFilename=false]{voss} \documentclass{article} %StartVisiblePreamble \usepackage{tikz} @@ -412,7 +424,7 @@ runsequence={lualatex,biber,xindex -l de -c AU,lualatex,lualatex} runsequence={lualatex,biber,xindex -l de -c AU,lualatex,lualatex}, , verbose, - force=true, + force=false, cleanup={log,aux,toc,bbl,blg}, code,docType=latex, lstOptions={columns=fixed}]{voss} @@ -451,7 +463,7 @@ the environment \Lenv{externalDocument} is: \begin{externalDocument}[ verbose, compiler=java,ext=java,code, - force=true,docType=java,includegraphic, + force=false,docType=java,includegraphic, usefancyvrb,grfOptions={width=0.9\linewidth}]{java} import java.awt.Color; import java.awt.Graphics; @@ -582,7 +594,7 @@ to \Lcs{VerbatimInput}. The following example uses mpwidth=0.6\linewidth, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, docType=latex]{voss} \RequirePackage{pdfmanagement-testphase} \DeclareDocumentMetadata{} @@ -630,7 +642,7 @@ The color of the frame is set to the same values, hence not seen. The following mpwidth=0.6\linewidth, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, usefancyvrb, docType=latex]{voss} \RequirePackage{pdfmanagement-testphase} @@ -717,7 +729,7 @@ The following example uses: % mpwidth=0.6\linewidth, % crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, frame, % usefancyvrb, % float, @@ -770,7 +782,7 @@ which is the default. Using a caption and a label are optional. % mpwidth=0.6\linewidth, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, usefancyvrb, float, floatsetting=!ht, @@ -833,7 +845,7 @@ The follwoing example was created with % mpwidth=0.6\linewidth, crop, cropmargin=5, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, frame, % usefancyvrb, % float, @@ -894,7 +906,7 @@ or \Lkeyval{b}. showFilename=false, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{article} \pagestyle{empty} @@ -918,7 +930,7 @@ or \Lkeyval{b}. code, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{article} \pagestyle{empty} @@ -943,7 +955,7 @@ or \Lkeyval{b}. showFilename=false, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{article} \pagestyle{empty} @@ -968,7 +980,7 @@ or \Lkeyval{b}. crop, showFilename=false, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, mpwidth=0.5\linewidth, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{article} @@ -993,7 +1005,7 @@ or \Lkeyval{b}. showFilename=false, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, mpwidth=0.5\linewidth, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{article} @@ -1019,7 +1031,7 @@ or \Lkeyval{b}. showFilename=false, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, mpwidth=0.5\linewidth, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{article} @@ -1049,7 +1061,7 @@ next Chinese characters \begin{externalDocument}[ compiler=xelatex, inline, runs=2, grfOptions={height=8pt}, crop, cropmargin=0, - cleanup, force=true, docType=latex]{voss}% + cleanup, force=false, docType=latex]{voss}% \documentclass{ctexart} \pagestyle{empty} \begin{document} @@ -1065,7 +1077,7 @@ With \Lkeyset{inline} the optional argument \Lkeyword{code} is automatically set to false. The next Chinese characters \begin{externalDocument}[ compiler=xelatex, inline, runs=2, grfOptions={height=8pt}, - crop, cropmargin=0, cleanup, force=true, docType=latex]{voss} + crop, cropmargin=0, cleanup, force=false, docType=latex]{voss} \documentclass{ctexart} \pagestyle{empty} \begin{document} @@ -1104,7 +1116,7 @@ sorted digits of the number $A$: $495=954-459$. \begin{externalDocument}[ - compiler=perl, force=true, docType=pl, ext=pl, includegraphic=false, + compiler=perl, force=false, docType=pl, ext=pl, includegraphic=false, code, mpwidth=0.6\linewidth]{voss} #!/usr/bin/perl # @@ -1159,7 +1171,7 @@ outFile = io.open(shortFN..".txt","w+") -- open external file \begin{externalDocument}[ - compiler=lua, force=true, docType=lua, ext=lua, includegraphic=false, + compiler=lua, force=false, docType=lua, ext=lua, includegraphic=false, code, usefancyvrb=false,textOptions={basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize}, shiftFN=6ex]{voss} #!/usr/bin/env lua @@ -1234,7 +1246,7 @@ The following examples uses pages=2, crop, cleanup, - force=true, + force=false, xindex, xindexOptions={-l DE --config AU}, mpwidth=0.6\linewidth, @@ -1290,7 +1302,7 @@ runsequence={lualatex,biber,{xindex -l de -c AU},lualatex,lualatex} frame, runsequence={lualatex,biber,xindex -l de -c AU,lualatex,lualatex}, verbose, - force=true, + force=false, cleanup={log,aux,toc,bbl,blg}, code,docType=latex, lstOptions={columns=fixed}]{voss} @@ -1330,7 +1342,7 @@ The default is using \Lcs{lstinputlisting} for the printed code sequences. pages={1,3}, frame,compiler=pdflatex, % crop, - force=true,runs=2,code,docType=latex, + force=false,runs=2,code,docType=latex, frame, lstOptions={columns=fixed}]{voss} %StartVisiblePreamble @@ -1390,7 +1402,7 @@ it makes no difference using the optional argument \Lkeyword{usefancyvrb} or not frame,compiler=pdflatex, showFilename, % crop, - force=true,runs=2,code,docType=latex, + force=false,runs=2,code,docType=latex, frame,framesep=0pt,usefancyvrb]{voss} %StartVisiblePreamble \documentclass[chapterprefix=on,parskip=half-,DIV=12,fontsize=12pt]{scrbook} @@ -1474,7 +1486,7 @@ other examples, you can set \Lkeyword{showoutput} to false. showoutput=false, frame,compiler=pdflatex, crop, - force,runs=2,code,docType=latex, + force=false,runs=2,code,docType=latex, frame,usefancyvrb]{voss} %StartVisiblePreamble \documentclass[chapterprefix=on,parskip=half-,DIV=12,fontsize=12pt]{scrbook} @@ -1550,7 +1562,7 @@ Whith this definition and the setting \Lkeyset{docType=ltx} the last example loo frame, compiler=pdflatex, showFilename, - force=true, + force=false, runs=2,code,docType=ltx, usefancyvrb]{voss} \documentclass[chapterprefix=on,parskip=half-,DIV=12,fontsize=12pt]{scrreprt} @@ -1614,7 +1626,7 @@ It is already internally defined. compiler=mpost, showFilename, % crop, - force=true, + force=false, cleanup, code, docType=mp, @@ -1650,7 +1662,7 @@ It is already internally defined. compiler=tex, showFilename, % crop, - force=true, + force=false, code, docType=tex, ext=tex,]{voss} @@ -1716,7 +1728,7 @@ not needed. The \texttt{pdf} is directly created. compiler=lualatex, showFilename, crop, - force=true, + force=false, code, docType=latex, ext=tex,]{voss} @@ -1758,7 +1770,7 @@ not needed. The \texttt{pdf} is directly created. compiler=context, showFilename, runs=2, - force=true, + force=false, code, docType=context, ext=tex,]{voss} @@ -1769,9 +1781,9 @@ not needed. The \texttt{pdf} is directly created. \setuphead [myhead] [numberstyle=bold, - textstyle=bold, - before=\hairline\blank, - after=\nowhitespace\hairline] + textstyle =bold, + before =\hairline\blank, + after =\nowhitespace\hairline] %StopVisiblePreamble \starttext \startstandardmakeup @@ -1797,7 +1809,7 @@ not needed. The \texttt{pdf} is directly created. \chapter[cuyler]{The Cuyler family} ... much later Tydeman Cuyler ... \input knuth -\myhead[headlines]{And the end} +\myhead[headlines]{And the end of all} foo \stoptext \end{externalDocument} @@ -1829,7 +1841,8 @@ to get the directory listed: % to get the filename on the right or left of the whole page. %\item[\Lkeyword{shiftFN}] A length to move the printed filename up or down. \item[\Lkeyset{force=false}] can speed up the comiling time for the document. If a created image/output -already exists, there is no need to create it with the next run again and again. +already exists, there is no need to create it with the next run again and again. \emph This option is not valid +if the package option \Loption{checkCode} exists. \item[\Lkeyword{cleanup}] the auxiliary files of a \LaTeX-run are deleted, preset to \texttt{aux}, \texttt{log}. It must be a comma seperated list of the extensions of the main file, s.g. \texttt{cleanup=\{aux,log\}}. \item[\Lkeyword{copyToExampleDir}] name of a directory for the examples, must first be created by the user himself diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/latex/hvextern.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/latex/hvextern.sty index 1ad9c18209..a7340a2f12 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/latex/hvextern.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/latex/hvextern.sty @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -%% $Id: hvextern.sty 574 2022-06-09 19:34:31Z herbert $ +%% $Id: hvextern.sty 577 2022-06-20 16:35:21Z herbert $ %% This is file `hvextern.sty', %% %% Copyright (C) 2016-22 @@ -12,21 +12,33 @@ %% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2005/12/01 or later. -\def\hvexternFileversion{0.30} -\ProvidesFile{hvextern}[2022/06/09 v\hvexternFileversion: package for running external documents (HV)] +\def\hvexternFileversion{0.31} +\ProvidesFile{hvextern}[2022/06/20 v\hvexternFileversion: package for running external documents (HV)] + +\newif\ifhv@extern@checkCode +\hv@extern@checkCodefalse +\DeclareOption{checkCode}{\hv@extern@checkCodetrue} + +\ProcessOptions \RequirePackage{shellesc,xkeyval,graphicx} -\RequirePackage{fancyvrb,tikz,listings,ifplatform} -\RequirePackage{ifoddpage} +\RequirePackage{fancyvrb,tikz,listings,ifplatform,iftex} +\RequirePackage{ifoddpage,filemod} \RequirePackage{tcolorbox,xparse} \tcbuselibrary{skins,breakable} +\def\hv@ex@typeout#1{\ifhv@extern@verbose\typeout{>>(hvextern) #1}\fi} + \ifwindows \def\hv@move{move }% \def\hv@rm{del }% + \def\hv@mkdir{mkdir }% \else - \def\hv@move{mv } - \def\hv@rm{rm } + \def\hv@move{mv }% + \def\hv@move{mv }% + \def\hv@rm{rm }% + \def\hv@mkdir{mkdir -p }% + \def\hv@diff{diff } \fi \newcounter{hv@extern@runs} @@ -105,7 +117,6 @@ } \define@boolkey{hv}[hv@extern@]{eps}[true]{} \define@boolkey{hv}[hv@extern@]{verbose}[true]{} -\def\hv@ex@typeout#1{\ifhv@extern@verbose\typeout{>>(hvextern) #1}\fi} \define@choicekey*+{hv}{compiler}[\val\nr]{mpost,tex,latex,luatex,python3,perl,lua,java,% xetex,pdflatex,lualatex,xelatex,context,sh,texlua}[pdflatex]{% @@ -177,9 +188,20 @@ }% } - \ResetKeys +\ifluatex + \ifhv@extern@checkCode + \hv@ex@typeout{Loading hvextern.lua}% + \directlua{dofile("hvextern.lua")}% + \fi +\else + \ifhv@extern@checkCode + \hv@ex@typeout{You need lualatex for option checkCode. Will disable the option!}% + \hv@extern@checkCodefalse + \fi +\fi + {\catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\#=12 \gdef\perCent{%} @@ -422,6 +444,14 @@ \endgroup \expandafter\hvExternSetKeys\expandafter{\hv@extern@savePara}% \xdef\hv@extern@fullPath{\hv@extern@ExamplesDir\hvExternDateiname}% + \ifhv@extern@checkCode + \directlua{if GetFileContents("\hvExternDateiname\hv@extern@ext", + "\hv@extern@ExamplesDir\hvExternDateiname\hv@extern@ext") then + tex.print("\\csname hv@ex@typeout\\endcsname{current file is NOT newer: no run }\\global\\csname hv@extern@forcefalse\\endcsname") + else + tex.print("\\csname hv@ex@typeout\\endcsname{current file is newer: force run }\\global\\csname hv@extern@forcetrue\\endcsname") + end} + \fi \ifhv@extern@force \ifx\hv@extern@runsequence\@empty \hv@ex@typeout{force=true: running \hv@extern@progpath\hv@extern@compiler~ \hvExternDateiname\hv@extern@ext ...}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/lualatex/hvextern.lua b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/lualatex/hvextern.lua new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f23c6a9bd --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hvextern/lualatex/hvextern.lua @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +-- FILE: hvextern.lua +-- DESCRIPTION: check two files for identical code +-- REQUIREMENTS: +-- AUTHOR: Herbert Voß +-- LICENSE: LPPL1.3 +-- +-- $Id: hvextern.lua 578 2022-06-20 16:41:45Z herbert $ +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +kpse.set_program_name("luatex") + +function GetFileContents(f1,f2) + local NewContents, OldContents + local File = io.open(f1) + if File then + NewContents = File:read('*all') + File:close() + end + local File = io.open(f2) + if File then + OldContents = File:read('*all') + File:close() + end + return NewContents == OldContents +end + +--local f1 = arg[1] +--local f2 = arg[2]
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt index 5826b1d302..2b72f66824 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ +2022-06-20 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle + * don't redefine \@secondoffive and \@fifthoffive, issue #238 + * add interface to access some pdf related values unchanged (needed by hyperxmp). + 2022-06-13 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle * add definitions for guillemet (corrects the spelling) and use them to follow the LaTeX change. - + 2022-05-17 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle * fixed: beamer patch in nameref has to be delayed after the class has been loaded. issue #236. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md index dc2ecb54ba..7efd675aba 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # README for hyperref bundle -Version 2022-06-13 v7.00r +Version 2022-06-20 v7.00s ## INTRODUCTION diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf Binary files differindex d23a7b0398..f6d933dc98 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css index 2e54f25f3b..1b4e83d6c6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ .ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmr-12{font-size:120%;} .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} @@ -32,6 +33,8 @@ .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} +.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} +.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} @@ -62,6 +65,7 @@ .ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;} .lmsy7-{font-size:70%;} .ec-lmr-9{font-size:90%;} .ec-lmr-8{font-size:80%;} @@ -80,6 +84,7 @@ .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} +.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} .ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} .ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} @@ -95,6 +100,8 @@ .ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} .ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} .ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} +.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;} +.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} .ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;} @@ -125,6 +132,7 @@ .ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} +.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;} .ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;} @@ -140,6 +148,8 @@ .ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;} +.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;} +.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} @@ -155,6 +165,7 @@ .ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} .ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;} +.ec-lmr-5{font-size:50%;} p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0} p.indent{text-indent:0;} p + p{margin-top:1em;} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html index b0ed96feaa..fe11247a9f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="ec-lmr-12">2022-06-13 v7.00r</span></div> +class="ec-lmr-12">2022-06-20 v7.00s</span></div> </div> <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3> @@ -43,262 +43,265 @@ href="#x1-60004" id="QQ2-1-6">Interfaces for class and package authors</a></span <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.1 <a href="#x1-70004.1" id="QQ2-1-7">Counters</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.2 <a -href="#x1-80004.2" id="QQ2-1-8">Links commands</a></span> +href="#x1-80004.2" id="QQ2-1-8">Values of package and <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.3 <a -href="#x1-90004.3" id="QQ2-1-9">Creating targets</a></span> +href="#x1-90004.3" id="QQ2-1-9">Links commands</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.4 <a -href="#x1-100004.4" id="QQ2-1-10">Patches and how to suppress them</a></span> +href="#x1-100004.4" id="QQ2-1-10">Creating targets</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.5 <a +href="#x1-110004.5" id="QQ2-1-11">Patches and how to suppress them</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5 <a -href="#x1-110005" id="QQ2-1-11">Package options</a></span> +href="#x1-120005" id="QQ2-1-12">Package options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.1 <a -href="#x1-120005.1" id="QQ2-1-12">General options</a></span> +href="#x1-130005.1" id="QQ2-1-13">General options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.2 <a -href="#x1-130005.2" id="QQ2-1-13">Options for destination names</a></span> +href="#x1-140005.2" id="QQ2-1-14">Options for destination names</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.3 <a -href="#x1-140005.3" id="QQ2-1-14">Configuration options</a></span> +href="#x1-150005.3" id="QQ2-1-15">Configuration options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.4 <a -href="#x1-150005.4" id="QQ2-1-15">Backend drivers</a></span> +href="#x1-160005.4" id="QQ2-1-16">Backend drivers</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.5 <a -href="#x1-160005.5" id="QQ2-1-16">Extension options</a></span> +href="#x1-170005.5" id="QQ2-1-17">Extension options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.6 <a -href="#x1-170005.6" id="QQ2-1-17">PDF-specific display options</a></span> +href="#x1-180005.6" id="QQ2-1-18">PDF-specific display options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.7 <a -href="#x1-180005.7" id="QQ2-1-18">PDF display and information options</a></span> +href="#x1-190005.7" id="QQ2-1-19">PDF display and information options</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.8 <a -href="#x1-190005.8" id="QQ2-1-19">Option <span +href="#x1-200005.8" id="QQ2-1-20">Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.9 <a -href="#x1-200005.9" id="QQ2-1-20">Big alphabetical list</a></span> +href="#x1-210005.9" id="QQ2-1-21">Big alphabetical list</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6 <a -href="#x1-210006" id="QQ2-1-21">Additional user macros</a></span> +href="#x1-220006" id="QQ2-1-22">Additional user macros</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.1 <a -href="#x1-220006.1" id="QQ2-1-22">Bookmark macros</a></span> +href="#x1-230006.1" id="QQ2-1-23">Bookmark macros</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >6.1.1 <a -href="#x1-230006.1.1" id="QQ2-1-23">Setting bookmarks</a></span> +href="#x1-240006.1.1" id="QQ2-1-24">Setting bookmarks</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >6.1.2 <a -href="#x1-240006.1.2" id="QQ2-1-24">Replacement macros</a></span> +href="#x1-250006.1.2" id="QQ2-1-25">Replacement macros</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.2 <a -href="#x1-250006.2" id="QQ2-1-25">Pagelabels</a></span> +href="#x1-260006.2" id="QQ2-1-26">Pagelabels</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >6.3 <a -href="#x1-260006.3" id="QQ2-1-26">Utility macros</a></span> +href="#x1-270006.3" id="QQ2-1-27">Utility macros</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7 <a -href="#x1-270007" id="QQ2-1-27">New Features</a></span> +href="#x1-280007" id="QQ2-1-28">New Features</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.1 <a -href="#x1-280007.1" id="QQ2-1-28">Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</a></span> +href="#x1-290007.1" id="QQ2-1-29">Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.2 <a -href="#x1-290007.2" id="QQ2-1-29">Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</a></span> +href="#x1-300007.2" id="QQ2-1-30">Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.3 <a -href="#x1-300007.3" id="QQ2-1-30">Option ‘next-anchor’</a></span> +href="#x1-310007.3" id="QQ2-1-31">Option ‘next-anchor’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.4 <a -href="#x1-310007.4" id="QQ2-1-31">Option ‘localanchorname’</a></span> +href="#x1-320007.4" id="QQ2-1-32">Option ‘localanchorname’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.5 <a -href="#x1-320007.5" id="QQ2-1-32">Option ‘customdriver’</a></span> +href="#x1-330007.5" id="QQ2-1-33">Option ‘customdriver’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.6 <a -href="#x1-330007.6" id="QQ2-1-33">Option ‘psdextra’</a></span> -<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.7 <a -href="#x1-340007.7" id="QQ2-1-34">\XeTeXLinkBox</a></span> +href="#x1-340007.6" id="QQ2-1-34">Option ‘psdextra’</a></span> +<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.7 <a +href="#x1-350007.7" id="QQ2-1-35">\XeTeXLinkBox</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.8 <a -href="#x1-350007.8" id="QQ2-1-35">\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</a></span> +href="#x1-360007.8" id="QQ2-1-36">\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.9 <a -href="#x1-360007.9" id="QQ2-1-36">\unichar</a></span> +href="#x1-370007.9" id="QQ2-1-37">\unichar</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.10 <a -href="#x1-370007.10" id="QQ2-1-37">\ifpdfstringunicode</a></span> +href="#x1-380007.10" id="QQ2-1-38">\ifpdfstringunicode</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.11 <a -href="#x1-380007.11" id="QQ2-1-38">Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</a></span> +href="#x1-390007.11" id="QQ2-1-39">Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.12 <a -href="#x1-390007.12" id="QQ2-1-39">Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</a></span> +href="#x1-400007.12" id="QQ2-1-40">Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.13 <a -href="#x1-400007.13" id="QQ2-1-40">Option ‘pdfa’</a></span> +href="#x1-410007.13" id="QQ2-1-41">Option ‘pdfa’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.14 <a -href="#x1-410007.14" id="QQ2-1-41">Option ‘linktoc’ added</a></span> +href="#x1-420007.14" id="QQ2-1-42">Option ‘linktoc’ added</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.15 <a -href="#x1-420007.15" id="QQ2-1-42">Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</a></span> +href="#x1-430007.15" id="QQ2-1-43">Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.16 <a -href="#x1-430007.16" id="QQ2-1-43">Flag options for PDF forms</a></span> +href="#x1-440007.16" id="QQ2-1-44">Flag options for PDF forms</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.17 <a -href="#x1-440007.17" id="QQ2-1-44">Option ‘pdfversion’</a></span> +href="#x1-450007.17" id="QQ2-1-45">Option ‘pdfversion’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.18 <a -href="#x1-450007.18" id="QQ2-1-45">Field option ‘name’</a></span> +href="#x1-460007.18" id="QQ2-1-46">Field option ‘name’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.19 <a -href="#x1-460007.19" id="QQ2-1-46">Option ‘pdfencoding’</a></span> +href="#x1-470007.19" id="QQ2-1-47">Option ‘pdfencoding’</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.20 <a -href="#x1-470007.20" id="QQ2-1-47">Color options/package hycolor</a></span> +href="#x1-480007.20" id="QQ2-1-48">Color options/package hycolor</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.21 <a -href="#x1-480007.21" id="QQ2-1-48">Option pdfusetitle</a></span> +href="#x1-490007.21" id="QQ2-1-49">Option pdfusetitle</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.22 <a -href="#x1-490007.22" id="QQ2-1-49">Starred form of \autoref</a></span> +href="#x1-500007.22" id="QQ2-1-50">Starred form of \autoref</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.23 <a -href="#x1-500007.23" id="QQ2-1-50">Link border style</a></span> +href="#x1-510007.23" id="QQ2-1-51">Link border style</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.24 <a -href="#x1-510007.24" id="QQ2-1-51">Option <span +href="#x1-520007.24" id="QQ2-1-52">Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.25 <a -href="#x1-520007.25" id="QQ2-1-52">Option <span +href="#x1-530007.25" id="QQ2-1-53">Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.26 <a -href="#x1-530007.26" id="QQ2-1-53">Default driver setting</a></span> +href="#x1-540007.26" id="QQ2-1-54">Default driver setting</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.27 <a -href="#x1-540007.27" id="QQ2-1-54">Backref entries</a></span> +href="#x1-550007.27" id="QQ2-1-55">Backref entries</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.28 <a -href="#x1-550007.28" id="QQ2-1-55">\phantomsection</a></span> +href="#x1-560007.28" id="QQ2-1-56">\phantomsection</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.29 <a -href="#x1-560007.29" id="QQ2-1-56">puenc encoding, puenc-greek.def and puenc-extra.def</a></span> +href="#x1-570007.29" id="QQ2-1-57">puenc encoding, puenc-greek.def and puenc-extra.def</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >8 <a -href="#x1-570008" id="QQ2-1-57">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span> +href="#x1-580008" id="QQ2-1-58">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9 <a -href="#x1-580009" id="QQ2-1-58">PDF and HTML forms</a></span> +href="#x1-590009" id="QQ2-1-59">PDF and HTML forms</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.1 <a -href="#x1-590009.1" id="QQ2-1-59">Forms environment parameters</a></span> +href="#x1-600009.1" id="QQ2-1-60">Forms environment parameters</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.2 <a -href="#x1-600009.2" id="QQ2-1-60">Forms optional parameters</a></span> +href="#x1-610009.2" id="QQ2-1-61">Forms optional parameters</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10 <a -href="#x1-6100010" id="QQ2-1-61">Defining a new driver</a></span> +href="#x1-6200010" id="QQ2-1-62">Defining a new driver</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11 <a -href="#x1-6200011" id="QQ2-1-62">Special support for other packages</a></span> +href="#x1-6300011" id="QQ2-1-63">Special support for other packages</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.1 <a -href="#x1-6300011.1" id="QQ2-1-63">Package Compatibility</a></span> +href="#x1-6400011.1" id="QQ2-1-64">Package Compatibility</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.1 <a -href="#x1-6400011.1.1" id="QQ2-1-64">algorithm</a></span> +href="#x1-6500011.1.1" id="QQ2-1-65">algorithm</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.2 <a -href="#x1-6500011.1.2" id="QQ2-1-65">amsmath</a></span> +href="#x1-6600011.1.2" id="QQ2-1-66">amsmath</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.3 <a -href="#x1-6600011.1.3" id="QQ2-1-66">amsrefs</a></span> +href="#x1-6700011.1.3" id="QQ2-1-67">amsrefs</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.4 <a -href="#x1-6700011.1.4" id="QQ2-1-67">arydshln, longtable</a></span> +href="#x1-6800011.1.4" id="QQ2-1-68">arydshln, longtable</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.5 <a -href="#x1-6800011.1.5" id="QQ2-1-68">babel/magyar.ldf</a></span> +href="#x1-6900011.1.5" id="QQ2-1-69">babel/magyar.ldf</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.6 <a -href="#x1-6900011.1.6" id="QQ2-1-69">babel/spanish.ldf</a></span> +href="#x1-7000011.1.6" id="QQ2-1-70">babel/spanish.ldf</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.7 <a -href="#x1-7000011.1.7" id="QQ2-1-70">bibentry</a></span> +href="#x1-7100011.1.7" id="QQ2-1-71">bibentry</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.8 <a -href="#x1-7100011.1.8" id="QQ2-1-71">bigfoot</a></span> +href="#x1-7200011.1.8" id="QQ2-1-72">bigfoot</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.9 <a -href="#x1-7200011.1.9" id="QQ2-1-72">chappg</a></span> +href="#x1-7300011.1.9" id="QQ2-1-73">chappg</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.10 <a -href="#x1-7300011.1.10" id="QQ2-1-73">cite</a></span> +href="#x1-7400011.1.10" id="QQ2-1-74">cite</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.11 <a -href="#x1-7400011.1.11" id="QQ2-1-74">count1to</a></span> +href="#x1-7500011.1.11" id="QQ2-1-75">count1to</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.12 <a -href="#x1-7500011.1.12" id="QQ2-1-75">dblaccnt</a></span> +href="#x1-7600011.1.12" id="QQ2-1-76">dblaccnt</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.13 <a -href="#x1-7600011.1.13" id="QQ2-1-76">easyeqn</a></span> +href="#x1-7700011.1.13" id="QQ2-1-77">easyeqn</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.14 <a -href="#x1-7700011.1.14" id="QQ2-1-77">ellipsis</a></span> +href="#x1-7800011.1.14" id="QQ2-1-78">ellipsis</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.15 <a -href="#x1-7800011.1.15" id="QQ2-1-78">float</a></span> +href="#x1-7900011.1.15" id="QQ2-1-79">float</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.16 <a -href="#x1-7900011.1.16" id="QQ2-1-79">endnotes</a></span> +href="#x1-8000011.1.16" id="QQ2-1-80">endnotes</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.17 <a -href="#x1-8000011.1.17" id="QQ2-1-80">foiltex</a></span> +href="#x1-8100011.1.17" id="QQ2-1-81">foiltex</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.18 <a -href="#x1-8100011.1.18" id="QQ2-1-81">footnote</a></span> +href="#x1-8200011.1.18" id="QQ2-1-82">footnote</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.19 <a -href="#x1-8200011.1.19" id="QQ2-1-82">geometry</a></span> +href="#x1-8300011.1.19" id="QQ2-1-83">geometry</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.20 <a -href="#x1-8300011.1.20" id="QQ2-1-83">IEEEtran.cls</a></span> +href="#x1-8400011.1.20" id="QQ2-1-84">IEEEtran.cls</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.21 <a -href="#x1-8400011.1.21" id="QQ2-1-84">index</a></span> +href="#x1-8500011.1.21" id="QQ2-1-85">index</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.22 <a -href="#x1-8500011.1.22" id="QQ2-1-85">lastpage</a></span> -<br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.23 <a -href="#x1-8600011.1.23" id="QQ2-1-86">linguex</a></span> +href="#x1-8600011.1.22" id="QQ2-1-86">lastpage</a></span> +<br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.23 <a +href="#x1-8700011.1.23" id="QQ2-1-87">linguex</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.24 <a -href="#x1-8700011.1.24" id="QQ2-1-87">ltabptch</a></span> +href="#x1-8800011.1.24" id="QQ2-1-88">ltabptch</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.25 <a -href="#x1-8800011.1.25" id="QQ2-1-88">mathenv</a></span> +href="#x1-8900011.1.25" id="QQ2-1-89">mathenv</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.26 <a -href="#x1-8900011.1.26" id="QQ2-1-89">minitoc-hyper</a></span> +href="#x1-9000011.1.26" id="QQ2-1-90">minitoc-hyper</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.27 <a -href="#x1-9000011.1.27" id="QQ2-1-90">multind</a></span> +href="#x1-9100011.1.27" id="QQ2-1-91">multind</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.28 <a -href="#x1-9100011.1.28" id="QQ2-1-91">natbib</a></span> +href="#x1-9200011.1.28" id="QQ2-1-92">natbib</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.29 <a -href="#x1-9200011.1.29" id="QQ2-1-92">nomencl</a></span> +href="#x1-9300011.1.29" id="QQ2-1-93">nomencl</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.30 <a -href="#x1-9300011.1.30" id="QQ2-1-93">ntheorem-hyper</a></span> +href="#x1-9400011.1.30" id="QQ2-1-94">ntheorem-hyper</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.31 <a -href="#x1-9400011.1.31" id="QQ2-1-94">prettyref</a></span> +href="#x1-9500011.1.31" id="QQ2-1-95">prettyref</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.32 <a -href="#x1-9500011.1.32" id="QQ2-1-95">setspace</a></span> +href="#x1-9600011.1.32" id="QQ2-1-96">setspace</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.33 <a -href="#x1-9600011.1.33" id="QQ2-1-96">sidecap</a></span> +href="#x1-9700011.1.33" id="QQ2-1-97">sidecap</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.34 <a -href="#x1-9700011.1.34" id="QQ2-1-97">subfigure</a></span> +href="#x1-9800011.1.34" id="QQ2-1-98">subfigure</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.35 <a -href="#x1-9800011.1.35" id="QQ2-1-98">titleref</a></span> +href="#x1-9900011.1.35" id="QQ2-1-99">titleref</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.36 <a -href="#x1-9900011.1.36" id="QQ2-1-99">tabularx</a></span> +href="#x1-10000011.1.36" id="QQ2-1-100">tabularx</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.37 <a -href="#x1-10000011.1.37" id="QQ2-1-100">titlesec</a></span> +href="#x1-10100011.1.37" id="QQ2-1-101">titlesec</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.38 <a -href="#x1-10100011.1.38" id="QQ2-1-101">ucs/utf8x.def</a></span> +href="#x1-10200011.1.38" id="QQ2-1-102">ucs/utf8x.def</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.39 <a -href="#x1-10200011.1.39" id="QQ2-1-102">varioref</a></span> +href="#x1-10300011.1.39" id="QQ2-1-103">varioref</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.40 <a -href="#x1-10300011.1.40" id="QQ2-1-103">verse</a></span> +href="#x1-10400011.1.40" id="QQ2-1-104">verse</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.41 <a -href="#x1-10400011.1.41" id="QQ2-1-104">vietnam</a></span> +href="#x1-10500011.1.41" id="QQ2-1-105">vietnam</a></span> <br />    <span class="subsubsectionToc" >11.1.42 <a -href="#x1-10500011.1.42" id="QQ2-1-105">XeTeX</a></span> +href="#x1-10600011.1.42" id="QQ2-1-106">XeTeX</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12 <a -href="#x1-10600012" id="QQ2-1-106">Limitations</a></span> +href="#x1-10700012" id="QQ2-1-107">Limitations</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >12.1 <a -href="#x1-10700012.1" id="QQ2-1-107">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span> +href="#x1-10800012.1" id="QQ2-1-108">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >12.2 <a -href="#x1-10800012.2" id="QQ2-1-108">Links across pages</a></span> +href="#x1-10900012.2" id="QQ2-1-109">Links across pages</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >12.3 <a -href="#x1-10900012.3" id="QQ2-1-109">Footnotes</a></span> +href="#x1-11000012.3" id="QQ2-1-110">Footnotes</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13 <a -href="#x1-11000013" id="QQ2-1-110">Hints</a></span> +href="#x1-11100013" id="QQ2-1-111">Hints</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1 <a -href="#x1-11100013.1" id="QQ2-1-111">Spaces in option values</a></span> +href="#x1-11200013.1" id="QQ2-1-112">Spaces in option values</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.2 <a -href="#x1-11200013.2" id="QQ2-1-112">Index with makeindex</a></span> +href="#x1-11300013.2" id="QQ2-1-113">Index with makeindex</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.3 <a -href="#x1-11300013.3" id="QQ2-1-113">Warning <span +href="#x1-11400013.3" id="QQ2-1-114">Warning <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.4 <a -href="#x1-11400013.4" id="QQ2-1-114">Link anchors in figures</a></span> +href="#x1-11500013.4" id="QQ2-1-115">Link anchors in figures</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.5 <a -href="#x1-11500013.5" id="QQ2-1-115">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span> +href="#x1-11600013.5" id="QQ2-1-116">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.6 <a -href="#x1-11600013.6" id="QQ2-1-116">Footnotes</a></span> +href="#x1-11700013.6" id="QQ2-1-117">Footnotes</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.7 <a -href="#x1-11700013.7" id="QQ2-1-117">Subordinate counters</a></span> +href="#x1-11800013.7" id="QQ2-1-118">Subordinate counters</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >14 <a -href="#x1-11800014" id="QQ2-1-118">History and acknowledgments</a></span> +href="#x1-11900014" id="QQ2-1-119">History and acknowledgments</a></span> <br />  <span class="sectionToc" >15 <a -href="#x1-11900015" id="QQ2-1-119">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span> +href="#x1-12000015" id="QQ2-1-120">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.1 <a -href="#x1-12100015.1" id="QQ2-1-121">Applicability and definitions</a></span> +href="#x1-12200015.1" id="QQ2-1-122">Applicability and definitions</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.2 <a -href="#x1-12200015.2" id="QQ2-1-122">Verbatim copying</a></span> +href="#x1-12300015.2" id="QQ2-1-123">Verbatim copying</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.3 <a -href="#x1-12300015.3" id="QQ2-1-123">Copying in quantity</a></span> +href="#x1-12400015.3" id="QQ2-1-124">Copying in quantity</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.4 <a -href="#x1-12400015.4" id="QQ2-1-124">Modifications</a></span> +href="#x1-12500015.4" id="QQ2-1-125">Modifications</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.5 <a -href="#x1-12500015.5" id="QQ2-1-125">Combining documents</a></span> +href="#x1-12600015.5" id="QQ2-1-126">Combining documents</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.6 <a -href="#x1-12600015.6" id="QQ2-1-126">Collections of documents</a></span> +href="#x1-12700015.6" id="QQ2-1-127">Collections of documents</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.7 <a -href="#x1-12700015.7" id="QQ2-1-127">Aggregation with independent works</a></span> +href="#x1-12800015.7" id="QQ2-1-128">Aggregation with independent works</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.8 <a -href="#x1-12800015.8" id="QQ2-1-128">Translation</a></span> +href="#x1-12900015.8" id="QQ2-1-129">Translation</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.9 <a -href="#x1-12900015.9" id="QQ2-1-129">Termination</a></span> +href="#x1-13000015.9" id="QQ2-1-130">Termination</a></span> <br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >15.10 <a -href="#x1-13000015.10" id="QQ2-1-130">Future revisions of this license</a></span> +href="#x1-13100015.10" id="QQ2-1-131">Future revisions of this license</a></span> </div> + + <!--l. 179--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a id="x1-20001"></a>Preface</h3> - - <!--l. 180--><p class="noindent" >As can be already seen in the following introduction, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>has a long history and has seen many changes over time. The introduction mentions workflows, drivers and problems that are no longer (or @@ -369,6 +372,8 @@ href="hyperref-doc3.html#fn2x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span>< says that conformant viewers/translators must recognize the following set of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>constructs: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> + + <!--l. 234--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">href:</span> </dt><dd @@ -377,8 +382,7 @@ class="description"> class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<a</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> href</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span> - +class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span> </dd><dt class="description"> <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" > <span @@ -474,6 +478,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">T</span><span class="HoLogo-e"><span class="ec-lmss-10">E</span></span><span class="ec-lmss-10">X</span></span></span>, and <span class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span>) + + </dd><dt class="description"> <!--l. 274--><p class="noindent" > <span @@ -481,8 +487,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10">dvips</span> </dt><dd class="description"> <!--l. 274--><p class="noindent" >produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands tailored for <span -class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> - +class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </dd><dt class="description"> <!--l. 275--><p class="noindent" > <span @@ -545,6 +550,8 @@ class="description"> <!--l. 284--><p class="noindent" >produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that Y&Y’s Windows previewer interprets as hypertext jumps within the previewer + + </dd><dt class="description"> <!--l. 285--><p class="noindent" > <span @@ -553,8 +560,6 @@ class="description"> <!--l. 285--><p class="noindent" >produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that MicroPress’ HTML and PDF-producing TeX variants interpret as hypertext jumps within the previewer - - </dd><dt class="description"> <!--l. 288--><p class="noindent" > <span @@ -715,13 +720,51 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span>. </dd></dl> <!--l. 404--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a - id="x1-80004.2"></a>Links commands</h4> -<!--l. 405--><p class="noindent" >The following commands are provided by all drivers to create links. They can be used by packages if the + id="x1-80004.2"></a>Values of package and <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>options</h4> +<!--l. 405--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar"><span +class="ec-lmr-5">New in version 7.00s</span></span> a key is set either in the package options or with <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>typically +stores the result in internal variables, or executes some code or sets a internal boolean. Package and class +authors should here <span +class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>rely on the names or the details of the key processing. +<!--l. 413--><p class="indent" > But as other packages sometimes need to know which value has been set, some values can be +retrieved with the expandable <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\GetDocumentProperties</span>. The values are given back surrounded by +<span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\exp_not:n</span>, so can be used safely in an <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef</span>. So for example to get the pdfauthor you can +do. + + + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> +\edef\mypdfauthor{\GetDocumentProperties{hyperref/pdfauthor}} +</pre> +<!--l. 421--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 423--><p class="indent" > The values are given back as entered by the user! If they should be used in a PDF context +<span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>or something equivalent must still be applied. +<!--l. 426--><p class="indent" > Currently this interface can be used for the keys <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfproducer</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator</span>, +<span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span>and <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords</span>. If used with a unknown key an empty value is returned. The interface +works also if the new PDF management is loaded with <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\DocumentMetadata</span>, in this case more keys +gives back their value. +<!--l. 434--><p class="noindent" > + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a + id="x1-90004.3"></a>Links commands</h4> +<!--l. 435--><p class="noindent" >The following commands are provided by all drivers to create links. They can be used by packages if the user commands are not sufficient. New drivers must provide this commands with similar arguments. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">  \hyper@anchor {destination name}  \hyper@anchorstart {destination name}  \hyper@anchorend @@ -733,11 +776,11 @@ arguments.  \hyper@linklaunch{filename} {link text} {Parameters}  %Launch, only with new generic driver  \hyper@linknamed {action}{link text}                  %Named, only with new generic driver </pre> -<!--l. 420--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 422--><p class="noindent" > - <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a - id="x1-90004.3"></a>Creating targets</h4> -<!--l. 424--><p class="noindent" >Internal links and bookmarks need something they can jump to. In a PDF this is normally called a +<!--l. 450--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 452--><p class="noindent" > + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a + id="x1-100004.4"></a>Creating targets</h4> +<!--l. 454--><p class="noindent" >Internal links and bookmarks need something they can jump to. In a PDF this is normally called a <span class="ec-lmri-10">destination </span>(and the primitive is therefor called <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfdest</span>), in HTML it is more common to call this an @@ -748,74 +791,74 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchor</span>). History can not be undone but future commands and descriptions will use the generic <span class="ec-lmri-10">target </span>unless the PDF specific destination is meant. -<!--l. 430--><p class="indent" > Targets are created automatically when <span +<!--l. 460--><p class="indent" > Targets are created automatically when <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is used and in many cases this does the right thing and nothing more is needed. But there are exceptions: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 434--><p class="noindent" >A needed target can be missing for example if a sectioning command doesn’t have a number + <!--l. 464--><p class="noindent" >A needed target can be missing for example if a sectioning command doesn’t have a number as the starred version is used or due to the setting of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">secnumdepth</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 437--><p class="noindent" >The target created by the <span + <!--l. 467--><p class="noindent" >The target created by the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>can be in the wrong place. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 438--><p class="noindent" >The target created by the <span + <!--l. 468--><p class="noindent" >The target created by the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>can affect spacing. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 439--><p class="noindent" >The target name created by the <span + <!--l. 469--><p class="noindent" >The target name created by the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is not usable, e.g. in <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bibitem </span>where you need a target name bases on the bib-key.</li></ul> -<!--l. 443--><p class="indent" > Package authors and users can use the following commands to create and manipulate targets. The +<!--l. 473--><p class="indent" > Package authors and users can use the following commands to create and manipulate targets. The commands are described in more detail in <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref-linktarget.pdf</span>. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">  \MakeLinkTarget  \LinkTargetOff  \LinkTargetOn  \NextLinkTarget  \SetLinkTargetFilter </pre> -<!--l. 452--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 454--><p class="indent" > The first four commands will be defined also in LaTeX directly as no-op and so can be used even if +<!--l. 482--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 484--><p class="indent" > The first four commands will be defined also in LaTeX directly as no-op and so can be used even if <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not loaded. -<!--l. 457--><p class="indent" > Until LaTeX is updated package authors can also provide these definitions directly: +<!--l. 487--><p class="indent" > Until LaTeX is updated package authors can also provide these definitions directly: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> \ProvideDocumentCommand\MakeLinkTarget{sO{}m}{} \ProvideDocumentCommand\LinkTargetOn{}{} \ProvideDocumentCommand\LinkTargetOff{}{} \ProvideDocumentCommand\NextLinkTarget{m}{} </pre> -<!--l. 464--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 466--><p class="noindent" > - <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a - id="x1-100004.4"></a>Patches and how to suppress them</h4> -<!--l. 468--><p class="noindent" >The patches to external commands made by <span +<!--l. 494--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 496--><p class="noindent" > + <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a + id="x1-110004.5"></a>Patches and how to suppress them</h4> +<!--l. 498--><p class="noindent" >The patches to external commands made by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>can be avoided completely by loading <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>with the option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span>. But suppressing everything is often too drastic. There is a work in progress to classify the patches and to offer interfaces to suppress them in a more granular way. -<!--l. 475--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 505--><p class="indent" > <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 476--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 506--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">sectioning commands</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 476--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 506--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 478--><p class="noindent" >hyperref patches <span + <!--l. 508--><p class="noindent" >hyperref patches <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@sect</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@ssect</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@chapter</span>, <span @@ -824,7 +867,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@part</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@spart</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 481--><p class="noindent" >It adds to the starred commands a target for a link (with the prefix <span + <!--l. 511--><p class="noindent" >It adds to the starred commands a target for a link (with the prefix <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter* </span>for chapters and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">section* </span>otherwise). To the other commands it adds a target for a link if @@ -833,7 +876,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">secnumdepth </span>setting or in the front matter. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 487--><p class="noindent" >The patch can be suppressed by defining the command <span + <!--l. 517--><p class="noindent" >The patch can be suppressed by defining the command <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@sectioning</span>. This should normally be done only by a class or a package which provides sectioning commands and adds the targets itself. Targets have a location on the page and e.g. the @@ -844,23 +887,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@currentHref </span>should get the correct meaning before class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline </span>is used. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 495--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span + <!--l. 525--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>package patches these commands too to add commands to store the title text in <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@currentlabelname</span>. Check the <span class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>documentation about a way to suppress these patches.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 500--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 530--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">footnotes</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 500--><p class="noindent" >To enable (partly) the linking of footnotes hyperref redefines or patches various commands, in part + <!--l. 530--><p class="noindent" >To enable (partly) the linking of footnotes hyperref redefines or patches various commands, in part package dependant. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 502--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines <span + <!--l. 532--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@xfootnotenext</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@xfootnotemark</span>, <span @@ -879,15 +922,15 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footref </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maketitle</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 507--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">All </span>those redefinitions can be suppressed by defining <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@footnote</span>. Be aware that this can suppress links but also make unwanted links appear.</li></ul> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 512--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 542--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a - id="x1-110005"></a>Package options</h3> -<!--l. 514--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span + id="x1-120005"></a>Package options</h3> +<!--l. 544--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>are set using a single ‘key=value’ scheme (using the <span class="ec-lmss-10">keyval</span> package) with the key <span @@ -898,7 +941,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>macro. When the package is loaded, a file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>is read if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a site-wide basis. -<!--l. 522--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span +<!--l. 552--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode</span>) can only be used as package options, and not in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> as the option settings are processed as the package is read. The following @@ -915,13 +958,13 @@ id="TBL-2-2"></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">option </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 529--><p class="noindent" >remark </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" >remark </td> </tr><tr class="hline"><td><hr></td><td><hr></td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">all driver options, e.g. pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 530--><p class="noindent" >often +class="td11"> <!--l. 560--><p class="noindent" >often not needed, as @@ -935,7 +978,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfa </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 532--><p class="noindent" >no-op +class="td11"> <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" >no-op with new pdfmanagement, @@ -949,7 +992,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\DeclareDocumentMetadata</span>. </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 533--><p class="noindent" >is +class="td11"> <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >is the default now @@ -958,7 +1001,7 @@ class="td11"> <!--l. 533--><p class="noindent" >is style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfversion </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 534--><p class="noindent" >no-op +class="td11"> <!--l. 564--><p class="noindent" >no-op with new pdfmanagement, @@ -972,7 +1015,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\DeclareDocumentMetadata</span>. </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 535--><p class="noindent" >this +class="td11"> <!--l. 565--><p class="noindent" >this will probably change @@ -983,50 +1026,50 @@ class="td11"> <!--l. 535--><p class="noindent" >this style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr +class="td11"> <!--l. 567--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td> <td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 538--><p class="noindent" ></td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 568--><p class="noindent" ></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr +class="td11"> <!--l. 569--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfusetitle </span></td> <td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 540--><p class="noindent" ></td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 570--><p class="noindent" ></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 541--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 542--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 572--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 543--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 573--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 544--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 574--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1045,7 +1088,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 546--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 576--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1064,7 +1107,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 547--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1093,69 +1136,69 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> class="td11"> </td> </tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 552--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by: +<!--l. 582--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 555--><p class="noindent" >a site-wide <span + <!--l. 585--><p class="noindent" >a site-wide <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding backreferencing, and setting a PDF display default: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> \hypersetup{backref, pdfpagemode=FullScreen, colorlinks=true} </pre> - <!--l. 562--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 592--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 564--><p class="noindent" >A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span + <!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" >A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> \documentclass[dvips]{article} </pre> - <!--l. 569--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 599--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" >File-specific options in the <span + <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >File-specific options in the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>commands, which override the ones set in <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> \usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref} \hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}} </pre> - <!--l. 577--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 580--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the + <!--l. 607--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 610--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the package is loaded. Otherwise LaTeX expands the values of these options prematurely. Also LaTeX strips spaces in options. Especially option ‘pdfborder’ requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if given as package option. They are not necessary in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref} \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0} </pre> -<!--l. 590--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 592--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 620--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 622--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>, only in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[...]{hyperref}</span></span></span>, before first use, etc. -<!--l. 596--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value +<!--l. 626--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value true if used. These are the ones classed as ‘boolean’. The values true and false can always be specified, however. -<!--l. 600--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a - id="x1-120005.1"></a>General options</h4> -<!--l. 602--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. -<!--l. 605--><p class="indent" > + id="x1-130005.1"></a>General options</h4> +<!--l. 633--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. +<!--l. 636--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-12001r1"></a> <!--l. 606--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable" + id="x1-13001r1"></a> <!--l. 637--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col id="TBL-3-1"><col @@ -1232,37 +1275,37 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 615--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 646--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a - id="x1-130005.2"></a>Options for destination names</h4> -<!--l. 617--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a + id="x1-140005.2"></a>Options for destination names</h4> +<!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a page in the document. They are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks, for example. -<!--l. 622--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span +<!--l. 653--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is called. Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are used to construct the destination name. By default the counter value follows the counter name separated by a dot. Example for the fourth chapter: <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 628--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.4</span></span></span></blockquote> -<!--l. 630--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by: +<!--l. 661--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 632--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 663--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">\autoref</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 632--><p class="noindent" >displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name. + <!--l. 663--><p class="noindent" >displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 665--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">\hyperpage</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" >is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 665--><p class="noindent" >is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>) must not be turned off.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 639--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share +<!--l. 670--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share the same name. The counter value <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\the<counter> </span>is not always unique for the counter. For example, table and figures can be numbered inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their @@ -1278,7 +1321,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">table.2.4 </span>is unique because it has used <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theHtable </span>that gives <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">2.4</span></span></span> in this case. -<!--l. 652--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span +<!--l. 683--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. Defaults for standard cases (chapter, …) are provided. And after <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define <span @@ -1289,7 +1332,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin </span>of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">amsmath </span>are used. -<!--l. 658--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of +<!--l. 689--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. If option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span>is disabled, then a unique artificial number is used instead of @@ -1298,11 +1341,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span>the page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage </span>for index links is affected and might not work properly. -<!--l. 666--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span +<!--l. 697--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span>is used, then the dummy counter name <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">section* </span>and an artificial unique number is used. -<!--l. 671--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, +<!--l. 702--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, because both documents might contain <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.1 </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">page.1</span>. Also <span @@ -1317,24 +1360,24 @@ to all destination names: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> \renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1} </pre> - <!--l. 684--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 686--><p class="noindent" >In document <span + <!--l. 715--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 717--><p class="noindent" >In document <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA </span>the destination name <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.2 </span>becomes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA-chapter.2</span>. -<!--l. 689--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or +<!--l. 720--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or changed them), for example: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4 </pre> - <!--l. 694--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 696--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is + <!--l. 725--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 727--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is very difficult to pass a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that is usually deep hidden in the internals. The first name of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>after the anchor setting seems a good @@ -1342,12 +1385,12 @@ approximation: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">   \section{Introduction}   \label{intro} </pre> - <!--l. 705--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 707--><p class="noindent" >Option <span + <!--l. 736--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>checks for each <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>, if there is a new destination name active and replaces the destination name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use because of the @@ -1364,13 +1407,13 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">all </span>destination names: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> \renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%   \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}% } </pre> - <!--l. 722--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 724--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span + <!--l. 753--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>is more complicate, because <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace </span>needs the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an @@ -1382,7 +1425,7 @@ Lua<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>): <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> \usepackage{pdftexcmds} \makeatletter \renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{% @@ -1394,12 +1437,12 @@ Lua<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>): } \makeatother </pre> - <!--l. 742--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 745--><p class="indent" > With option <span + <!--l. 773--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 776--><p class="indent" > With option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>destinations can also named manually, if the destination is not yet renamed: <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestRename{</span></span></span><span class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmvtto-10">destination</span><span @@ -1409,11 +1452,11 @@ class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmvtto-10">newname</span><span class="lmsy-10">⟩</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span></blockquote> -<!--l. 751--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span +<!--l. 782--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span>. -<!--l. 754--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 785--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-13001r2"></a> <!--l. 755--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable" + id="x1-14001r2"></a> <!--l. 786--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col id="TBL-4-1"><col @@ -1484,12 +1527,12 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-11-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 794--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3 </span> <a - id="x1-140005.3"></a>Configuration options</h4> -<!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-150005.3"></a>Configuration options</h4> +<!--l. 796--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-14001r3"></a> <!--l. 766--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable" + id="x1-15001r3"></a> <!--l. 797--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col id="TBL-5-1"><col @@ -1504,7 +1547,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 766--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally + <!--l. 797--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained text; this options forces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands to reflect the @@ -1517,7 +1560,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">both </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, + <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn’t do anything sensible—it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package checks the state of the boolean. </td> @@ -1531,7 +1574,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor + <!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this is turned off, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span> will not contain valid hyperlinks. </td> @@ -1543,7 +1586,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td> + <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1" class="td11"> </td> @@ -1560,35 +1603,35 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 777--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 808--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks</span></span></span>: The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features. It can be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links. However, at any case, the link area will be wrong and displaced. -<!--l. 782--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4 </span> <a - id="x1-150005.4"></a>Backend drivers</h4> -<!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order: + id="x1-160005.4"></a>Backend drivers</h4> +<!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order: <ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-15002x1"> - <!--l. 787--><p class="noindent" >Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX, + class="enumerate" id="x1-16002x1"> + <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX, VTeX). </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-15004x2"> - <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >Option <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-16004x2"> + <!--l. 820--><p class="noindent" >Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If this option is set, its value is taken as driver option. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-15006x3"> - <!--l. 791--><p class="noindent" >Macro <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-16006x3"> + <!--l. 822--><p class="noindent" >Macro <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver</span>. The macro takes a driver file name (without file extension). </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-15008x4"> - <!--l. 793--><p class="noindent" >Package default is <span + class="enumerate" id="x1-16008x4"> + <!--l. 824--><p class="noindent" >Package default is <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex</span>.</li></ol> -<!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span +<!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex.cfg </span>that define <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver </span>with <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hdvips</span>. This @@ -1596,9 +1639,9 @@ is recommended because driver <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>provides much more features than <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>for PDF generation. -<!--l. 800--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 831--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-15009r4"></a> <!--l. 801--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable" + id="x1-16009r4"></a> <!--l. 832--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col id="TBL-6-1"><col @@ -1608,18 +1651,18 @@ id="TBL-6-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td> + <!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td> + <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 803--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1627,7 +1670,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. < class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 804--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. </td> @@ -1637,7 +1680,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. < class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1645,7 +1688,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 806--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1653,7 +1696,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 838--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1661,35 +1704,35 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 808--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the HyperTeX-compliant drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span + <!--l. 840--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span class="ec-lmss-10">latex2html</span>. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span + <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 811--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span + <!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 812--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1697,7 +1740,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, + <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, otherwise identical to <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1705,21 +1748,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 816--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 817--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span + <!--l. 849--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected automatically. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1727,14 +1770,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtexpdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 820--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>’s PostScript backend. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 821--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td> + <!--l. 852--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -1749,7 +1792,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 825--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +<!--l. 856--><p class="indent" > If you use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>, you may need to redefine the macro <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\wwwbrowser </span>(the default is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1758,18 +1801,18 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>what program to launch. Thus, users of Intern add something like this to hyperref.cfg: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> \renewcommand{\wwwbrowser}{C:\string\Program\space   Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space   Internet\string\iexplore.exe} </pre> -<!--l. 834--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 865--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.5 </span> <a - id="x1-160005.5"></a>Extension options</h4> -<!--l. 837--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-170005.5"></a>Extension options</h4> +<!--l. 868--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-16001r5"></a> <!--l. 838--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable" + id="x1-17001r5"></a> <!--l. 869--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col id="TBL-7-1"><col @@ -1783,7 +1826,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 838--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span + <!--l. 869--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvi</span>) which will be appended to file links created if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr</span> @@ -1795,7 +1838,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" > </td> + <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1804,7 +1847,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the + <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of section numbers. This can only work properly <span class="ec-lmri-10">if </span>there is a blank line after each @@ -1826,7 +1869,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 845--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the + <!--l. 876--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of page numbers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1" @@ -1836,7 +1879,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page + <!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on unique page anchors (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>, …) <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1851,7 +1894,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 850--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the + <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the footnote text. Easily broken … </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1" @@ -1860,7 +1903,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowra class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 852--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td> + <!--l. 883--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1869,7 +1912,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 853--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 884--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>), page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>), both (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">all</span></span></span>) @@ -1883,7 +1926,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF + <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1" @@ -1893,7 +1936,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 855--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over + <!--l. 886--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over multiple lines into PDF links to the same target </td> @@ -1905,7 +1948,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 857--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors + <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors chosen depend on the the type of link. At present the only types of link distinguished are citations, page references, URLs, local file references, and other @@ -1919,7 +1962,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 862--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td> + <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1928,7 +1971,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 863--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td> + <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1937,7 +1980,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 864--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td> + <!--l. 895--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1946,7 +1989,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td> + <!--l. 896--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1955,7 +1998,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 866--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td> + <!--l. 897--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1964,7 +2007,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td> + <!--l. 898--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1973,7 +2016,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 868--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td> + <!--l. 899--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1981,7 +2024,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowr class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 869--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field + <!--l. 900--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field options). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-20-1" @@ -1991,7 +2034,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-20-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 870--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td> + <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1999,7 +2042,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowra class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 871--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td> + <!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-22-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -2019,15 +2062,15 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-26-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 874--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard +<!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard LaTeX <span class="ec-lmss-10">color </span>package. -<!--l. 877--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 908--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.6 </span> <a - id="x1-170005.6"></a>PDF-specific display options</h4> -<!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-180005.6"></a>PDF-specific display options</h4> +<!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-17001r6"></a> <!--l. 879--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable" + id="x1-18001r6"></a> <!--l. 910--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col id="TBL-8-1"><col @@ -2042,7 +2085,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a + <!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a manner similar to the table of contents, requiring two passes of LaTeX. Some postprocessing of the bookmark file (file extension <span @@ -2062,7 +2105,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them + <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them with all the subtrees expanded. </td> @@ -2073,7 +2116,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:now class="td11"> parameter </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 887--><p class="noindent" >level (<span + <!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >level (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen</span>) to which bookmarks are open</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-1" @@ -2083,7 +2126,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include + <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include section numbers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-1" @@ -2093,7 +2136,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:lef class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 889--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> + <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2102,7 +2145,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK + <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK bookmarks. Package <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> supports both normal and preprocessed mode of the <span @@ -2118,7 +2161,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">CJK</span> Acroread itself) support this. Also note that option ‘CJKbookmarks’ cannot be used together with option ‘unicode’. - <!--l. 903--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to + <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to translate non-Unicode bookmarks to Unicode; for portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding should be used. </td> @@ -2130,7 +2173,7 @@ class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is + <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is for inverse (the default); the other possibilities are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset highlighting). </td> @@ -2142,7 +2185,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td> + <!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2151,7 +2194,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td> + <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2160,7 +2203,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td> + <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2169,7 +2212,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 912--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td> + <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2178,7 +2221,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 913--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td> + <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2187,7 +2230,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2195,7 +2238,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> + <!--l. 946--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2204,7 +2247,7 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:le class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box + <!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box with lines of 1pt thickness, but the colorlinks option resets it to produce no border. </td> </tr><tr @@ -2223,7 +2266,7 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >The color of link borders used to be specified <span +<!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >The color of link borders used to be specified <span class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB color. Since version 6.76a, the usual color specifications of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">(x)color </span>can be used if <span @@ -2232,7 +2275,7 @@ loaded. For further information see description of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hycolor</span>. -<!--l. 926--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span +<!--l. 957--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span class="ec-lmri-10">jobname</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>. The files is not processed by LaTeX so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid @@ -2241,16 +2284,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out </span>file is not overwritten on the next TeX r line - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \let\WriteBookmarks\relax </pre> -<!--l. 933--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 964--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.7 </span> <a - id="x1-180005.7"></a>PDF display and information options</h4> -<!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-190005.7"></a>PDF display and information options</h4> +<!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-18001r7"></a> <!--l. 937--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable" + id="x1-19001r7"></a> <!--l. 968--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col id="TBL-9-1"><col @@ -2262,20 +2305,20 @@ id="TBL-9-4"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3" + <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td> + <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 938--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3" + <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 938--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in + <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in Acrobat; the possibilities are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2294,66 +2337,66 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span> is used. </td class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3" + <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td> + <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3" + <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td> + <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3" + <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td> + <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 946--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3" + <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 946--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td> + <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">addtopdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3" + <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document + <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document information Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3" + <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td> + <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-3" + <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. + <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">False</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2364,34 +2407,34 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span></span></span>. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 952--><p class="noindent" >key + <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >key value list </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 952--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document + <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document information. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 954--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-3" + <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 954--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td> + <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-3" + <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is + <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is opened. An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td> </tr><tr @@ -2399,21 +2442,21 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 956--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3" + <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 956--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td> + <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-3" + <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td> + <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td> </tr><tr @@ -2421,35 +2464,35 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >n + <!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >n n n n </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This + <!--l. 989--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This should be a set of four numbers </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-3" + <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center + <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center of the screen </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-3" + <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">L2R</span></span></span> (left to right) and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) </td> @@ -2458,22 +2501,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-3" + <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in + <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in title bar </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-3" + <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print + <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog. Possible vatues are: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Simplex</span></span></span> (print single-sided), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2487,52 +2530,52 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipLongEdge</span></span></span> (duplex and flip on class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-3" + <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> + <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-3" + <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> + <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-3" + <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> + <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-3" + <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a + <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a new window </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-3" + <!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. + <!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>, @@ -2544,21 +2587,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-3" + <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> + <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-3" + <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values: + <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2573,21 +2616,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight</span></span></span> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-3" + <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> + <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-3" + <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values + <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2611,11 +2654,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, which simply replaces the old page w class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-3" + <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select + <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select input paper tray in print dialog </td> @@ -2624,11 +2667,11 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-3" + <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2643,11 +2686,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-3" + <!--l. 1026--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1026--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2662,24 +2705,24 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >n + <!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" >n n (n n)* </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-3" + <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option + <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option /PrintScaling of viewer preferences, PDF 1.6); valid values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">None</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2689,21 +2732,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">AppDefault</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-3" + <!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> + <!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-3" + <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2718,11 +2761,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-3" + <!--l. 1042--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible + <!--l. 1042--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2737,21 +2780,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-3" + <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> + <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-3" + <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td> + <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-39-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -2768,11 +2811,11 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-42-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which +<!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which is not the same as TeX’s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> that is explained on page <a -href="#x1-260006.3">58<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX works by supplying default values for <span +href="#x1-270006.3">59<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX works by supplying default values for <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span>(horizontal <span class="lmsy-10">×</span> vertical <span @@ -2786,9 +2829,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span> parameters. -<!--l. 1031--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-18002r8"></a> <!--l. 1032--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable" + id="x1-19002r8"></a> <!--l. 1063--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col id="TBL-10-1"><col @@ -2801,7 +2844,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left top zoom </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one + <!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one is null, the source link value is used. <span class="ec-lmri-10">null null</span> <span @@ -2815,7 +2858,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2823,7 +2866,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1035--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1066--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2831,7 +2874,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1036--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2839,7 +2882,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitR </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left bottom right top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four + <!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four coordinates to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1" @@ -2847,7 +2890,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitB </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1069--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2855,7 +2898,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1039--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to + <!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1" @@ -2864,7 +2907,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to + <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1" @@ -2884,11 +2927,11 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="T class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1043--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 1074--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span>can be one of the following values. -<!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1076--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-18003r9"></a> <!--l. 1046--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable" + id="x1-19003r9"></a> <!--l. 1077--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-11-1g"><col id="TBL-11-1"><col @@ -2898,40 +2941,40 @@ id="TBL-11-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td> + <!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td> + <!--l. 1078--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1048--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + <!--l. 1079--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the left. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1049--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + <!--l. 1080--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the right. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF + <!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF 1.5). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF + <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF 1.5). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-1" @@ -2947,7 +2990,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1054--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span +<!--l. 1085--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span>can be one of the following values, where <span class="ec-lmri-10">/Di </span>stands for direction of motion in degrees, generally in 90<sup><span @@ -2960,9 +3003,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds /Dm /V</span>), and <span class="ec-lmri-10">/M </span>is for motion, either in (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/I</span>) or out (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/O</span>). -<!--l. 1061--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1092--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-18004r10"></a> <!--l. 1062--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable" + id="x1-19004r10"></a> <!--l. 1093--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-12-1g"><col id="TBL-12-1"><col @@ -2974,7 +3017,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-2" class="td11"> /Dm </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1062--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep + <!--l. 1093--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep in the same direction to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-1" @@ -2982,7 +3025,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-2" class="td11"> /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1064--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td> + <!--l. 1095--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td> </tr><tr @@ -2991,7 +3034,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal + <!--l. 1096--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-1" @@ -2999,7 +3042,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1066--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the + <!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the screen. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-1" @@ -3007,14 +3050,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-2" class="td11"> /Dm /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td> + <!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1068--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new + <!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-1" @@ -3022,14 +3065,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">R </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1069--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td> + <!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-2" class="td11"> /Di /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the + <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the direction specified by /Di, to or from a location that is offscreen except when /Di is None. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3038,7 +3081,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1073--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page + <!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page slides in, pushing the old page out in the direction specified by /Di. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3047,7 +3090,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction + <!--l. 1107--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction specified by /Di, covering the old page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-1" @@ -3055,7 +3098,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1078--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction + <!--l. 1109--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction specified by /Di, uncovering the new page in the direction specified by /Di. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3064,7 +3107,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old + <!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old one. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-1" @@ -3081,11 +3124,11 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id=" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.8 </span> <a - id="x1-190005.8"></a>Option <span + id="x1-200005.8"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></h4> -<!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span +<!--l. 1118--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject</span>, …. Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span>provides an alternative @@ -3102,7 +3145,7 @@ strings (see PDF specification). Example: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> \hypersetup{   pdfinfo={     Title={My Title}, @@ -3112,15 +3155,15 @@ strings (see PDF specification). Example:   } } </pre> - <!--l. 1106--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1109--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1137--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1140--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.9 </span> <a - id="x1-200005.9"></a>Big alphabetical list</h4> -<!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span + id="x1-210005.9"></a>Big alphabetical list</h4> +<!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>, arranged alphabetically. -<!--l. 1114--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1145--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-20001r11"></a> <!--l. 1115--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-13" class="longtable" + id="x1-21001r11"></a> <!--l. 1146--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-13" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-13-1g"><col id="TBL-13-1"><col @@ -3132,14 +3175,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1115--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> + <!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field + <!--l. 1147--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field options) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-3-1" @@ -3148,7 +3191,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td> + <!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-4-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3156,7 +3199,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1118--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td> + <!--l. 1149--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-5-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3164,7 +3207,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1119--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td> + <!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-6-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3172,7 +3215,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-7-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3180,7 +3223,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-spac class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-8-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3188,7 +3231,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1122--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td> + <!--l. 1153--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-9-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3196,7 +3239,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-sp class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-9-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1123--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td> + <!--l. 1154--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-10-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3204,7 +3247,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-10-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1124--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> + <!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-11-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3212,7 +3255,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-11-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td> + <!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-12-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3220,7 +3263,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-sp class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-12-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1126--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3228,7 +3271,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-13-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td> + <!--l. 1158--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3236,7 +3279,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-14-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1128--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td> + <!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3244,14 +3287,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-15-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >color links </td> + <!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" >color links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1130--><p class="noindent" >(<span + <!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" >(<span class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>) </td> </tr><tr @@ -3261,7 +3304,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-17-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1131--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as + <!--l. 1162--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as verbose </td> @@ -3272,7 +3315,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-18-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1132--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> after the anchor creation </td> </tr><tr @@ -3282,21 +3325,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-19-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1133--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td> + <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1134--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td> + <!--l. 1165--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1135--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-1" @@ -3304,7 +3347,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1136--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-1" @@ -3312,7 +3355,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-1" @@ -3320,7 +3363,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1138--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-1" @@ -3328,7 +3371,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-1" @@ -3336,7 +3379,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1140--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td> + <!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-27-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3344,7 +3387,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">dvi </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-27-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1141--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td> + <!--l. 1172--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-28-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3352,7 +3395,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-28-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td> + <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-29-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3360,7 +3403,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-29-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1143--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td> + <!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-30-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3368,7 +3411,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style=" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-30-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td> + <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-31-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3376,14 +3419,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-31-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1145--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td> + <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td> + <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-33-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3391,7 +3434,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-33-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1147--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td> + <!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-34-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3399,7 +3442,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-34-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td> + <!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-35-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3407,14 +3450,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-35-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1149--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td> + <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-37-1" @@ -3423,7 +3466,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-37-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td> + <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-38-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3431,14 +3474,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-38-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td> + <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1153--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX2HTML </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-40-1" @@ -3447,7 +3490,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-40-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1154--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td> + <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-41-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3455,7 +3498,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-41-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td> + <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-42-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3463,7 +3506,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-42-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> + <!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-43-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3471,7 +3514,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-43-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, + <!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-44-1" @@ -3480,7 +3523,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-44-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1158--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td> + <!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-45-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3488,7 +3531,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-45-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td> + <!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-46-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3496,7 +3539,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-46-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span + <!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-47-1" @@ -3505,7 +3548,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-47-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td> + <!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td> </tr><tr @@ -3515,14 +3558,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-48-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1162--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td> + <!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">next-anchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >allow to set the name of the next anchor </td> + <!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >allow to set the name of the next anchor </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-50-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3530,7 +3573,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-50-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td> + <!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-51-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3538,7 +3581,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-51-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1165--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td> + <!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-52-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3546,7 +3589,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-52-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td> + <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-53-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3554,14 +3597,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-53-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td> + <!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" >(<span + <!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >(<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks)</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-1" @@ -3569,7 +3612,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td> + <!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-56-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3577,7 +3620,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-56-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center + <!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center of the screen </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-57-1" @@ -3586,14 +3629,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">LaTeX with </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-57-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td> + <!--l. 1202--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">hyperref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" > </td> + <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-59-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3601,7 +3644,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-59-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td> + <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-60-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3609,7 +3652,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-60-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in + <!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in title bar </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-61-1" @@ -3618,7 +3661,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-61-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-62-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3626,7 +3669,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-62-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> + <!--l. 1209--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-63-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3634,7 +3677,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-63-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td> + <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-64-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-64-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3642,7 +3685,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-64-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document + <!--l. 1211--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document information </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-65-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-65-1" @@ -3651,7 +3694,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-65-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td> + <!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-66-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-66-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3659,7 +3702,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-66-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> + <!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-67-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-67-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3667,7 +3710,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-67-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span + <!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-68-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-68-1" @@ -3676,7 +3719,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-68-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> + <!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-69-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-69-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3684,13 +3727,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-69-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td> + <!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-70-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td> + <!--l. 1217--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-71-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-71-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3698,7 +3741,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-spac class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-71-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td> + <!--l. 1219--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-72-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-72-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3706,7 +3749,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-72-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> + <!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-73-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-73-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3714,7 +3757,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-73-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> + <!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-74-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-74-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3722,7 +3765,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-74-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td> + <!--l. 1223--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-75-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-75-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3730,7 +3773,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-75-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td> + <!--l. 1224--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-76-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-76-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3738,7 +3781,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-76-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td> + <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td> </tr><tr @@ -3748,7 +3791,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-77-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td> + <!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-78-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-78-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3756,7 +3799,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-78-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1228--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-79-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-79-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3764,7 +3807,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-79-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-80-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-80-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3772,7 +3815,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-80-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1230--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-81-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-81-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3780,7 +3823,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-81-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-82-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-82-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3788,7 +3831,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-82-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1232--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-83-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-83-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3796,7 +3839,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfproducer </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-83-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1202--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td> + <!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-84-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-84-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3804,7 +3847,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-84-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td> + <!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-85-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-85-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3812,7 +3855,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-85-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td> + <!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-86-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-86-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3820,7 +3863,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-86-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td> + <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-87-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-87-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3828,14 +3871,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-87-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td> + <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-88-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-89-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-89-1" @@ -3844,7 +3887,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-89-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1208--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td> + <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-90-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-90-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3852,7 +3895,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-90-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1209--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> + <!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-91-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-91-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3860,7 +3903,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-91-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. + <!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">False </span>and <span @@ -3873,7 +3916,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-92-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td> + <!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-93-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-93-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3881,7 +3924,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-93-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1245--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-94-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-94-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3889,7 +3932,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-94-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1246--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-95-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-95-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3897,7 +3940,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-95-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> + <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-96-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-96-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3905,14 +3948,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-96-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1217--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td> + <!--l. 1248--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-97-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">ps2pdf </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-98-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-98-1" @@ -3921,7 +3964,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-98-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1219--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string + <!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string commands </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-99-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-99-1" @@ -3930,7 +3973,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-99-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1220--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span + <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-100-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-100-1" @@ -3939,7 +3982,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-100-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 1252--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-101-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-101-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3947,7 +3990,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-101-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-102-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-102-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3955,14 +3998,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-102-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1223--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td> + <!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-103-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1224--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1255--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-104-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-1" @@ -3970,7 +4013,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1256--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>backend </td> @@ -3981,7 +4024,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-105-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with + <!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with version v7.00g set by default to true for all engines. It will load a number of definitions in puenc.def. It can be set to false for pdflatex, @@ -3993,7 +4036,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-106-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1227--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td> + <!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-107-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-107-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4001,7 +4044,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-107-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1228--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td> + <!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-108-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-108-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4009,14 +4052,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-108-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td> + <!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-109-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1230--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-110-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-1" @@ -4024,7 +4067,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">XeTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-111-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-111-1" @@ -4044,12 +4087,12 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-115-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a - id="x1-210006"></a>Additional user macros</h3> -<!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are + id="x1-220006"></a>Additional user macros</h3> +<!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are provided: -<!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-14-1g"><col id="TBL-14-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4065,45 +4108,45 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made a hyperlink to the <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span>; this must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is defined). The special characters # and ˜ do <span class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>need to be escaped in any way (unless the command is used in the argument of another command). -<!--l. 1248--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +<!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span class="ec-lmri-10">options </span>recognizes the hyperref options <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow</span> and the following key value options: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1252--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">page</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1252--><p class="noindent" >Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" >Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span>. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1285--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">ismap</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1285--><p class="noindent" >Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">true</span></span></span>, the URL should appended by the coordinates as query parameters by the PDF viewer. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">nextactionraw</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" >The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" >The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/Next</span></span></span> of action dictionaries, see PDF specification.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1292--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-15-1g"><col id="TBL-15-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4113,7 +4156,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><spa class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span +<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4124,7 +4167,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}}</span></span></span>. Depending on the driver <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> also tries to detect the link type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, … -<!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-16-1g"><col id="TBL-16-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4134,10 +4177,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >Write <span +<!--l. 1305--><p class="noindent" >Write <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>in the same way as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink. -<!--l. 1277--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1308--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-17-1g"><col id="TBL-17-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4148,10 +4191,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" >A base <span +<!--l. 1312--><p class="noindent" >A base <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents. -<!--l. 1284--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1315--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-18-1g"><col id="TBL-18-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4164,12 +4207,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span +<!--l. 1319--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>as the anchor. -<!--l. 1291--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span +<!--l. 1322--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>being ignored completely. -<!--l. 1294--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1325--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-19-1g"><col id="TBL-19-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4184,10 +4227,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span +<!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>) is marked, and given the name <span class="ec-lmri-10">category.name</span> -<!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-20-1g"><col id="TBL-20-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4204,10 +4247,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1305--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL#category.name</span> -<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-21-1g"><col id="TBL-21-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4220,12 +4263,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1311--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1342--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to the same place as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> would be linked. -<!--l. 1315--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1346--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-22-1g"><col id="TBL-22-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4238,7 +4281,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1318--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1349--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-23-1g"><col id="TBL-23-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4251,7 +4294,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1353--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, with two parameters of an anchor <span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span>, and anchor <span @@ -4260,11 +4303,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> has two arguments, the name class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, and the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>which be used as the link on the page. -<!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1359--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> command inserts a notional # in front of each link, making it relative to the current testdocument; <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> expects a full URL. -<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1363--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-24-1g"><col id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4272,7 +4315,7 @@ id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1367--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, @@ -4283,16 +4326,16 @@ Example: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \cleardoublepage \phantomsection \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname} \printindex </pre> - <!--l. 1349--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1351--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, + <!--l. 1380--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1382--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 1355--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1386--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-25-1g"><col id="TBL-25-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4311,22 +4354,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1360--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes +<!--l. 1391--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. It can e.g. be used with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bookmark</span></span></span> from the bookmark package to set a destination to a label: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> \bookmark[dest=\hyperget{anchor}{sec}]{section} </pre> -<!--l. 1366--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1368--><p class="indent" > As <span +<!--l. 1397--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1399--><p class="indent" > As <span class="ec-lmri-10">pageanchor </span>retrieves the page number from the label it can’t be use together with the option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages</span>. -<!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-26-1g"><col id="TBL-26-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4337,10 +4380,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">currentanchor</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1375--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1406--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. -<!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-27-1g"><col id="TBL-27-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4350,11 +4393,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"> class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> command that places a contextual label in front of the reference. This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g. ‘section 2’ instead of merely the number ‘2’). -<!--l. 1389--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1420--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> command by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>by using the macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using @@ -4362,16 +4405,16 @@ macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)def class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand</span></span></span>; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author’s practice. -<!--l. 1397--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span +<!--l. 1428--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>checks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*autorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*name</span>. For instance, it looks for <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figureautorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename</span>. -<!--l. 1401--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1432--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-21001r12"></a> <!--l. 1402--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-28" class="longtable" + id="x1-22001r12"></a> <!--l. 1433--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-28" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-28-1g"><col id="TBL-28-1"><col @@ -4381,80 +4424,80 @@ id="TBL-28-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmri-10">Macro </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">Default</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1403--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> + <!--l. 1434--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tablename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1404--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> + <!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\partname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1405--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> + <!--l. 1436--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\appendixname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> + <!--l. 1437--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equationname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1407--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1438--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-7-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Itemname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent" >item </td> + <!--l. 1439--><p class="noindent" >item </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\chaptername </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1409--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> + <!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\sectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" >section </td> + <!--l. 1441--><p class="noindent" >section </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-10-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1411--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> + <!--l. 1442--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsubsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1412--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> + <!--l. 1443--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\paragraphname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> + <!--l. 1444--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-13-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hfootnotename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> + <!--l. 1445--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> </tr><tr @@ -4462,19 +4505,19 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\AMSname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1446--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-15-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theoremname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> + <!--l. 1447--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\page </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-16-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" >page </td> + <!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" >page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-17-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -4492,19 +4535,19 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-21-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1420--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span +<!--l. 1451--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} \addto\extrasngerman{%   \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}% } </pre> - <!--l. 1427--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1430--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span + <!--l. 1458--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1461--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref </span>works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span> chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with @@ -4516,7 +4559,7 @@ lemmas: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{aliascnt} @@ -4544,8 +4587,8 @@ We will use \autoref{a} to prove \auto \end{document} </pre> - <!--l. 1465--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular" + <!--l. 1496--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-29-1g"><col id="TBL-29-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4556,18 +4599,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1503--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref</span></span></span> and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageautorefname</span> is checked before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pagename</span>. -<!--l. 1477--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a +<!--l. 1508--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if hyperref has been loaded with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span></span></span>): -<!--l. 1481--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1512--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-30-1g"><col id="TBL-30-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4577,7 +4620,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><sp class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1516--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-31-1g"><col id="TBL-31-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4588,7 +4631,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1489--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1520--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-32-1g"><col id="TBL-32-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4598,7 +4641,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb" class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1524--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-33-1g"><col id="TBL-33-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4609,18 +4652,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1497--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write +<!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> \hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before} </pre> -<!--l. 1500--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1502--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1533--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*{other}</span></span></span> to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this ourselves with <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1505--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-34-1g"><col id="TBL-34-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4633,21 +4676,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1509--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1540--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1514--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding + <!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1515--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1546--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\345</span></span></span>): <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef\3{\string\3}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1516--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\{</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\%</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\&</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4655,18 +4698,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\space</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dots</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1517--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span + <!--l. 1548--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span class="ec-lmss-10">german.sty</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">french.sty</span>, etc.) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1518--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1549--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eTeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MF</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1550--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\index</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4676,20 +4719,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\def</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span c class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1521--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1552--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1522--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1553--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span> provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xspace </span>package</li></ul> -<!--l. 1525--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in +<!--l. 1556--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek’s EuroTeX paper distributed with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1529--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1560--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-35-1g"><col id="TBL-35-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4700,22 +4743,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span>…<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\end</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we +<!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything. This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> playing havoc in the front matter. -<!--l. 1538--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a - id="x1-220006.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4> -<!--l. 1540--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-230006.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4> +<!--l. 1571--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.1 </span> <a - id="x1-230006.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5> -<!--l. 1542--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span + id="x1-240006.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5> +<!--l. 1573--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>automatically adds bookmarks for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span></span></span> and similar macros. But they can also set manually. -<!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1576--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-36-1g"><col id="TBL-36-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4729,11 +4772,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1548--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the +<!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 1552--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-37-1g"><col id="TBL-37-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4746,8 +4789,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1555--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. -<!--l. 1557--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1586--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. +<!--l. 1588--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-38-1g"><col id="TBL-38-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4760,9 +4803,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased +<!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased by one. -<!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1594--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-39-1g"><col id="TBL-39-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4775,33 +4818,33 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1566--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current +<!--l. 1597--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current bookmark level has not changed. -<!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1600--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint: </span>Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmark </span>replaces <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s bookmark organization by a new algorithm: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1572--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. + <!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1573--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). + <!--l. 1604--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> -<!--l. 1577--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. -<!--l. 1579--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1605--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> +<!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. +<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.2 </span> <a - id="x1-240006.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5> -<!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-250006.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5> +<!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span>, which can contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is. -<!--l. 1585--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col id="TBL-40-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4814,10 +4857,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">PDFstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" > For example, - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> \section{Pythagoras:   \texorpdfstring{$ a^2 + b^2 = c^2 $}{%     a\texttwosuperior\ + b\texttwosuperior\ = @@ -4826,39 +4869,39 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> } \section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars} </pre> -<!--l. 1598--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> \expandafter\def\expandafter\pdfstringdefPreHook \expandafter{%   \pdfstringdefPreHook   \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}% } </pre> -<!--l. 1610--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1612--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span +<!--l. 1641--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1643--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</span>, which adds its argument to the definition of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefPreHook </span>(‘@’ can here be used as letter in command names): - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%   \let~\textasciitilde   \def\url{\pdfstringdefWarn\url}%   \let\textcolor\@gobble } </pre> -<!--l. 1623--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1654--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1656--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a - id="x1-250006.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4> -<!--l. 1626--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" + id="x1-260006.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4> +<!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col id="TBL-41-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4869,19 +4912,19 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">page number format</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific +<!--l. 1661--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific page, for example -<!--l. 1633--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1664--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel{Empty</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> Page-\roman{page}}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 1635--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be +<!--l. 1666--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be taken into account. It should be used in places where for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispagestyle</span></span></span> can be use too. -<!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1669--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a - id="x1-260006.3"></a>Utility macros</h4> -<!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" + id="x1-270006.3"></a>Utility macros</h4> +<!--l. 1672--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col id="TBL-42-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4892,7 +4935,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">dimen specification</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1644--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1675--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> takes a TeX dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number without the unit. This is useful for options <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4902,143 +4945,143 @@ Example: <blockquote class="quote"> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> \hypersetup{   pdfstartview={FitBH \hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in     -\headheight-\headsep} } </pre> - <!--l. 1656--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1658--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. -<!--l. 1660--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span + <!--l. 1687--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1689--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. +<!--l. 1691--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span class="ec-lmss-10">calc </span>or <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>. Nowadays the latter should automatically be enabled for <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> formats. Users without <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>, please, look in the source documentation <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span></span></span> for further limitations. -<!--l. 1666--><p class="indent" > Also <span +<!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" > Also <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp </span>cannot be used in option specifications of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span>, because <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> expands the option lists of these commands. However package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not yet loaded and an undefined control sequence error would arise. -<!--l. 1673--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1704--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a - id="x1-270007"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="x1-280007"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-27001f5"></a> </h3> + id="x1-28001f5"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a - id="x1-280007.1"></a>Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</h4> -<!--l. 1678--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. + id="x1-290007.1"></a>Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</h4> +<!--l. 1709--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers. -<!--l. 1683--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1714--><p class="indent" > <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1684--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1715--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfTeX</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1684--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1715--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1686--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. + <!--l. 1717--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1687--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. + <!--l. 1718--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1688--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all + <!--l. 1719--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all links on the page.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1692--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfmark</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1692--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1694--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> + <!--l. 1725--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1697--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1728--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1697--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1728--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1699--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. + <!--l. 1730--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special{dvipdfmx:config</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> g</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1}</span></span></span> (with the unit removed).</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">Other drivers</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1708--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1739--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a - id="x1-290007.2"></a>Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</h4> -<!--l. 1710--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values + id="x1-300007.2"></a>Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</h4> +<!--l. 1741--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order can be specified with option ‘calculatesortkey’. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in document order. -<!--l. 1720--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. -<!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1751--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. +<!--l. 1754--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.3 </span> <a - id="x1-300007.3"></a>Option ‘next-anchor’</h4> -<!--l. 1724--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for + id="x1-310007.3"></a>Option ‘next-anchor’</h4> +<!--l. 1755--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for example the heading of the table of contents an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \hypersetup{next-anchor=toc} \tableofcontents \bookmark[dest=\HyperDestNameFilter{toc},level=section]{\contentsname} </pre> -<!--l. 1732--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1734--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1763--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1765--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.4 </span> <a - id="x1-310007.4"></a>Option ‘localanchorname’</h4> -<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-320007.4"></a>Option ‘localanchorname’</h4> +<!--l. 1767--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter</span></span></span>, then the anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name. -<!--l. 1740--><p class="indent" > For example: +<!--l. 1771--><p class="indent" > For example: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">     \section{Foobar}     \begin{equation}\end{equation}     \label{sec:foobar} </pre> -<!--l. 1745--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the +<!--l. 1776--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the equation before. With option ‘localanchorname’ the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the environment and the reference ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the section title. -<!--l. 1753--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor +<!--l. 1784--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor name is not available as expected. -<!--l. 1757--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is +<!--l. 1788--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is unclear if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@currentHref</span></span></span> is set locally or globally. -<!--l. 1761--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1792--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.5 </span> <a - id="x1-320007.5"></a>Option ‘customdriver’</h4> -<!--l. 1763--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file + id="x1-330007.5"></a>Option ‘customdriver’</h4> +<!--l. 1794--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file must have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ProvidesFile</span></span></span> with a version date and number that match the date and number of ‘hyperref’, otherwise a warning is given. -<!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and +<!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part. -<!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1804--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.6 </span> <a - id="x1-330007.6"></a>Option ‘psdextra’</h4> -<!--l. 1775--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF + id="x1-340007.6"></a>Option ‘psdextra’</h4> +<!--l. 1806--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries). Many math command names (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\notin</span></span></span>, ...) are not in control of NFSS, @@ -5052,20 +5095,20 @@ on means that the short names are available. Then <span class="obeylines-h"><spa class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span> can directly be used instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 1789--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1820--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.7 </span> <a - id="x1-340007.7"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4> -<!--l. 1791--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only + id="x1-350007.7"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4> +<!--l. 1822--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link annotation. Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkBox</span></span></span> puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt. -<!--l. 1800--><p class="indent" > Example: +<!--l. 1831--><p class="indent" > Example: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">     % xelatex     \documentclass{article}     \usepackage{hyperref} @@ -5079,68 +5122,68 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt.     }     \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 1816--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1818--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1847--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1849--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8 </span> <a - id="x1-350007.8"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4> + id="x1-360007.8"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">  \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1821--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1852--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBooleanExists</span></span></span> calls YES, otherwise NO. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">  \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1828--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1859--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBoolean</span></span></span> calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is executed. -<!--l. 1834--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if +<!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopEarly</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end hyperref prematurely. -<!--l. 1839--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1870--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.9 </span> <a - id="x1-360007.9"></a>\unichar</h4> -<!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-370007.9"></a>\unichar</h4> +<!--l. 1872--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. Its name and syntax is inherited from package ‘ucs’. However it is defined independently for use in hyperref’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span> (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this). -<!--l. 1849--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1880--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span> takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING FACE): - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">     \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation     \unichar{9786}% decimal notation </pre> -<!--l. 1854--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with +<!--l. 1885--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">     \unichar{\string"263A}% converts ‘"’ to ‘"’ with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1859--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1890--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dq</span></span></span> instead: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">     \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1863--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1866--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1894--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1897--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.10 </span> <a - id="x1-370007.10"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4> -<!--l. 1868--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the + id="x1-380007.10"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4> +<!--l. 1899--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings ‘PDFDocEncoding’ (8-bit encoding) and ‘Unicode’ (UTF-16). The user can help using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> to replace complicate TeX constructs @@ -5151,21 +5194,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ifpdfstringunicode</span></span></span>. It is only allowed class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> and takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters available in PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 1882--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written +<!--l. 1913--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class ‘tugboat.cls’ defines a macro for the typesetted name: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">     \def\Thanh{%       H\‘an~%       Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}%       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1892--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard +<!--l. 1923--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide such an accent. -<!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already +<!--l. 1928--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def misses support for them. But we can provide it using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5173,13 +5216,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. The character in question is: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">     % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE </pre> -<!--l. 1906--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: +<!--l. 1937--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">     \def\Thanh{%       H\‘an~%       \texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}}% @@ -5187,11 +5230,11 @@ is:       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1915--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could +<!--l. 1946--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">     \def\Thanh{%       \texorpdfstring{%         H\‘an~% @@ -5206,23 +5249,23 @@ provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents:       }%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1933--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1935--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1964--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1966--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11 </span> <a - id="x1-380007.11"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4> -<!--l. 1937--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. -<!--l. 1941--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-390007.11"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4> +<!--l. 1968--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. +<!--l. 1972--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">     delim_r "--"     delim_n ", " </pre> -<!--l. 1948--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for +<!--l. 1979--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for Makeindex.) Customized versions of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">delim_r,</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> delim_n,</span><span @@ -5237,157 +5280,157 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>, e.g.: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">     suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}"     suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}" </pre> -<!--l. 1960--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1991--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\\</span></span></span>,” or “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">~</span></span></span>” should be put before the first f inside <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>.) -<!--l. 1965--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1996--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12 </span> <a - id="x1-390007.12"></a>Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</h4> -<!--l. 1967--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option + id="x1-400007.12"></a>Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</h4> +<!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’ uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5. -<!--l. 1971--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 +<!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 package. Check its documentation for details how to use it. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1974--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1976--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making + <!--l. 2007--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making Graphical Content Optional”: Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1982--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}</span></span></span> inside the document. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm + <!--l. 2015--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1985--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and + <!--l. 2016--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and dvipdfmx.</li></ul> -<!--l. 1989--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2020--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.13 </span> <a - id="x1-400007.13"></a>Option ‘pdfa’</h4> -<!--l. 1991--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the + id="x1-410007.13"></a>Option ‘pdfa’</h4> +<!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata, fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). -<!--l. 1998--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: +<!--l. 2029--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2000--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2031--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2001--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2032--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2002--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a + <!--l. 2033--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a href="run:..." >[</a>PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2003--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. + <!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: + <!--l. 2036--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2007--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] + <!--l. 2038--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2008--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] + <!--l. 2039--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2009--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) + <!--l. 2040--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, + <!--l. 2041--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, hyperref’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2018--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and +<!--l. 2049--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and cannot be changed after hyperref is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 2024--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.14 </span> <a - id="x1-410007.14"></a>Option ‘linktoc’ added</h4> -<!--l. 2026--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into + id="x1-420007.14"></a>Option ‘linktoc’ added</h4> +<!--l. 2057--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into a link: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2029--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) + <!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2030--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) + <!--l. 2061--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2031--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) + <!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2032--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2035--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2063--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2066--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.15 </span> <a - id="x1-420007.15"></a>Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</h4> -<!--l. 2037--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: + id="x1-430007.15"></a>Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</h4> +<!--l. 2068--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2039--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2040--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2071--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2041--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2072--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2043--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: +<!--l. 2074--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2045--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2076--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2046--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2077--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow false </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2047--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span + <!--l. 2078--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2048--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2053--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the +<!--l. 2084--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user preference. -<!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2090--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.16 </span> <a - id="x1-430007.16"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4> -<!--l. 2061--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-440007.16"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4> +<!--l. 2092--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span></span></span>, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7): -<!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2096--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html</span></a> -<!--l. 2067--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2098--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</span></a> -<!--l. 2069--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: +<!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2072--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): - <!--l. 2074--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2103--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): + <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 Invisible <br />2 Hidden (PDF 1.2) <br />3 Print (PDF 1.2) @@ -5400,23 +5443,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2086--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): - <!--l. 2088--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): + <!--l. 2119--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 ReadOnly <br />2 Required <br />3 NoExport</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): - <!--l. 2095--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2124--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): + <!--l. 2126--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only) <br />16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear) <br />17 Pushbutton <br />26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2101--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): - <!--l. 2103--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2132--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): + <!--l. 2134--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />13 Multiline <br />14 Password <br />21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4) @@ -5427,8 +5470,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2112--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): - <!--l. 2114--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): + <!--l. 2145--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box) <br />19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set) <br />20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers @@ -5437,8 +5480,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2122--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): - <!--l. 2124--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2153--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): + <!--l. 2155--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />[1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use ‘noexport’ (table 8.70) instead <br />2 IncludeNoValueFields <br />[3 ExportFormat] handled by option ‘export’ @@ -5453,35 +5496,35 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4) <br />14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)</div> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or +<!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or lowercase): <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2144--><p class="noindent" >FDF + <!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" >FDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2145--><p class="noindent" >HTML + <!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" >HTML </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2146--><p class="noindent" >XFDF + <!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" >XFDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2147--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2150--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.17 </span> <a - id="x1-440007.17"></a>Option ‘pdfversion’</h4> -<!--l. 2152--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is + id="x1-450007.17"></a>Option ‘pdfversion’</h4> +<!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7). -<!--l. 2158--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect +<!--l. 2189--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect higher PDF versions. -<!--l. 2163--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2194--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2166--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. +<!--l. 2197--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2200--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a and < 1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfoptionpdfminorversion</span></span></span> pdfTeX <span @@ -5489,97 +5532,97 @@ class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ver class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfminorversion</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V + <!--l. 2203--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V 2’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry + <!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry ‘V 4’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> -<!--l. 2181--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2207--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> +<!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a). Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus ‘hyperref’ tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features. -<!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2219--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.18 </span> <a - id="x1-450007.18"></a>Field option ‘name’</h4> -<!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: + id="x1-460007.18"></a>Field option ‘name’</h4> +<!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2193--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. + <!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2194--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2196--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option + <!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2227--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option ‘name’ is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should consist of letters only. -<!--l. 2203--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2234--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.19 </span> <a - id="x1-460007.19"></a>Option ‘pdfencoding’</h4> -<!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: + id="x1-470007.19"></a>Option ‘pdfencoding’</h4> +<!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfencoding </span>selects between these encodings: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfdoc </span>uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2211--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters, surrogates need four bytes. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2213--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">auto </span>PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding (outside ascii if an unicode engine is used) and Unicode otherwise. This option is not intended for the unicode engines.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span +<!--l. 2249--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>by default now. If another encoding should be forced, it should be done in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypersetup</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2252--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.20 </span> <a - id="x1-470007.20"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4> -<!--l. 2223--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. -<!--l. 2226--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-480007.20"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4> +<!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. +<!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.21 </span> <a - id="x1-480007.21"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4> -<!--l. 2228--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor + id="x1-490007.21"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4> +<!--l. 2259--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span>. An optional argument for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span> is supported (class amsart). -<!--l. 2234--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.22 </span> <a - id="x1-490007.22"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4> -<!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-500007.22"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4> +<!--l. 2267--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span></span></span> generates a reference without link as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.23 </span> <a - id="x1-500007.23"></a>Link border style</h4> -<!--l. 2241--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span + id="x1-510007.23"></a>Link border style</h4> +<!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span class="ec-lmss-10">colorlinks</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">frenchlinks</span>. This is done by option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2245--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: +<!--l. 2276--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2248--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span> for the width, but zero, thus that the underline is not visible without <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/W</span><span @@ -5587,44 +5630,44 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1</span></span></span>. The same applies for dashed pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1 </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 + <!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 “Entries in a border style dictionary” (specification for version 1.6) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2259--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option + <!--l. 2290--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option colorlinks is enabled. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2263--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: - <!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >Some support: + <!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: + <!--l. 2297--><p class="noindent" >Some support: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2268--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span + <!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span>, but the border width must be given. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span + <!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span></li></ul> - <!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: + <!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux + <!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> + <!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2280--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2311--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.24 </span> <a - id="x1-510007.24"></a>Option <span + id="x1-520007.24"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></h4> -<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span +<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span>. The option acts globally and distinguishes three cases: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then hyperref uses the current value of counter <span class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. This is the compatible behaviour and the default. @@ -5632,49 +5675,49 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2289--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<number></span></span></span>, the value is number (also negative): The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<name></span></span></span> The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally hyperref uses the value of macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@<name></span></span></span>. Examples: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph}     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used </pre> - <!--l. 2301--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2332--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 2335--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.25 </span> <a - id="x1-520007.25"></a>Option <span + id="x1-530007.25"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></h4> -<!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in +<!--l. 2337--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the code. -<!--l. 2318--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: +<!--l. 2349--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility + <!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility behaviour, therefore this is the default. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2323--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the + <!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2331--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.26 </span> <a - id="x1-530007.26"></a>Default driver setting</h4> -<!--l. 2333--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span + id="x1-540007.26"></a>Default driver setting</h4> +<!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the most suitable driver. Thus it loads <span class="ec-lmss-10">hpdftex</span>, if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the @@ -5687,24 +5730,24 @@ xdvi for example. This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configur class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips} </pre> -<!--l. 2346--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or +<!--l. 2377--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} </pre> -<!--l. 2350--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref. -<!--l. 2353--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. -<!--l. 2355--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2381--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref. +<!--l. 2384--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. +<!--l. 2386--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.27 </span> <a - id="x1-540007.27"></a>Backref entries</h4> -<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: + id="x1-550007.27"></a>Backref entries</h4> +<!--l. 2388--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> \documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article} \usepackage{babel} @@ -5794,30 +5837,30 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>: \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 2446--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2448--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2477--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2479--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.28 </span> <a - id="x1-550007.28"></a>\phantomsection</h4> -<!--l. 2450--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-560007.28"></a>\phantomsection</h4> +<!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is set. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">   \cleardoublepage   \phantomsection   \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}   \printindex </pre> -<!--l. 2460--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2462--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index +<!--l. 2491--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2493--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 2466--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.29 </span> <a - id="x1-560007.29"></a>puenc encoding, puenc-greek.def and puenc-extra.def</h4> -<!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="x1-570007.29"></a>puenc encoding, puenc-greek.def and puenc-extra.def</h4> +<!--l. 2499--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span>option loads for the bookmarks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc.def </span>which contains quite a lot definitions of commands for the bookmarks. As <span @@ -5828,26 +5871,26 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses two strategies. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block + <!--l. 2506--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CYRDZE </span>is defined, greek if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textBeta </span>is defined, and hebrew if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hebdalet </span>is defined. - <!--l. 2479--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span + <!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-greek.def</span>, which can be loaded manually if needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2482--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span + <!--l. 2513--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-extra.def </span>which is not loaded automatically, but can be loaded in the preamble if needed. Currently this file contains all definitions for the accent <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\G</span>.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2489--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a - id="x1-570008"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3> -<!--l. 2490--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided + id="x1-580008"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3> +<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided in the appropriate drivers: -<!--l. 2493--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2524--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col id="TBL-43-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5860,17 +5903,17 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists the option names you can use—comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange. -<!--l. 2500--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2531--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-57001r13"></a> + id="x1-58001r13"></a> - <!--l. 2501--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-44" class="longtable" + <!--l. 2532--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-44" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col id="TBL-44-1"><col @@ -5879,7 +5922,7 @@ id="TBL-44-2"></colgroup> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-1" class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2501--><p class="noindent" >Open, + <!--l. 2532--><p class="noindent" >Open, Close, Scan, Save, @@ -5893,7 +5936,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, + <!--l. 2533--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, ImportNotes, AcroForm:ImportFDF </td> </tr><tr @@ -5901,14 +5944,14 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2503--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, + <!--l. 2534--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, AcroForm:ExportFDF </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-4-1" class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, + <!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, OpenInfo, FontsInfo, SecurityInfo, @@ -5919,7 +5962,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2505--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, + <!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, NotePrefs, FullScreenPrefs, Weblink:Prefs, @@ -5931,7 +5974,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-6-1" class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2507--><p class="noindent" >Undo, + <!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >Undo, Cut, Copy, Paste, @@ -5947,13 +5990,13 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-7-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> + <!--l. 2541--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-8-1" class="td01">Edit<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, + <!--l. 2542--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, AcroForm:TabOrder </td> @@ -5961,7 +6004,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-9-1" class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2512--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, + <!--l. 2543--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, AcroForm:Actions, CropPages, RotatePages, @@ -5977,7 +6020,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-10-1" class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2515--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, + <!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, FitVisible, FitWidth, FitPage, @@ -6001,7 +6044,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-11-1" class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2518--><p class="noindent" >Hand, + <!--l. 2549--><p class="noindent" >Hand, ZoomIn, ZoomOut, SelectText, @@ -6023,7 +6066,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">Tools<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, + <!--l. 2552--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, AcroSrch:Indexes, AcroSrch:Results, AcroSrch:Assist, @@ -6035,7 +6078,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-13-1" class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, + <!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, ShowHideMenuBar, ShowHideClipboard, Cascade, @@ -6046,7 +6089,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-14-1" class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2525--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, + <!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, HelpTutorial, HelpExchange, HelpScan, @@ -6061,7 +6104,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-15-1" class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2527--><p class="noindent" >About </td> + <!--l. 2558--><p class="noindent" >About </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-16-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -6076,18 +6119,18 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-19-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2530--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2561--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a - id="x1-580009"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3> -<!--l. 2531--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span + id="x1-590009"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3> +<!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment. The environment does some general setups, so should be used only once in a document. Using simply <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Form </span>at the begin of the document is possible too. -<!--l. 2535--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: +<!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: -<!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2568--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col id="TBL-45-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6100,7 +6143,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2541--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2572--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col id="TBL-46-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6113,7 +6156,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2576--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col id="TBL-47-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6128,7 +6171,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2549--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col id="TBL-48-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6141,7 +6184,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col id="TBL-49-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6154,7 +6197,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2557--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2588--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col id="TBL-50-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6167,8 +6210,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2561--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: -<!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: +<!--l. 2593--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col id="TBL-51-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6181,7 +6224,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2566--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2597--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col id="TBL-52-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6194,7 +6237,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col id="TBL-53-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6207,9 +6250,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2574--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 -<!--l. 2576--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: -<!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2605--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 +<!--l. 2607--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: +<!--l. 2608--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col id="TBL-54-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6222,7 +6265,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2581--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2612--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col id="TBL-55-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6235,7 +6278,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2615--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col id="TBL-56-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6248,7 +6291,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2587--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col id="TBL-57-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6261,7 +6304,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2591--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-58-1g"><col id="TBL-58-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6271,7 +6314,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2595--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #2{\hbox</span><span @@ -6280,10 +6323,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the l to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. -<!--l. 2599--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: +<!--l. 2630--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> \def\DefaultHeightofSubmit{12pt} \def\DefaultWidthofSubmit{2cm} \def\DefaultHeightofReset{12pt} @@ -6296,13 +6339,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. \def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip} \def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm} </pre> -<!--l. 2612--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2614--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2643--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a - id="x1-590009.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2617--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-600009.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4> +<!--l. 2648--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-59001r14"></a> <!--l. 2618--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-59" class="longtable" + id="x1-60001r14"></a> <!--l. 2649--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-59" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-59-1g"><col id="TBL-59-1"><col @@ -6315,7 +6358,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span + <!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button is included in the form </td> </tr><tr @@ -6325,7 +6368,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2619--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding + <!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding is usual, and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td> </tr><tr @@ -6335,7 +6378,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-al class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span + <!--l. 2652--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td> @@ -6357,16 +6400,16 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-8-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2624--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2655--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a - id="x1-600009.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span + id="x1-610009.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4> +<!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>) -<!--l. 2629--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2660--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-60001r15"></a> <!--l. 2630--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" + id="x1-61001r15"></a> <!--l. 2661--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-60-1g"><col id="TBL-60-1"><col @@ -6826,31 +6869,31 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-60-63-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2722--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a - id="x1-6100010"></a>Defining a new driver</h3> -<!--l. 2692--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: -<!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-6200010"></a>Defining a new driver</h3> +<!--l. 2723--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: +<!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchor</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2697--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2728--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@link</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2699--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2730--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkfile</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2701--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2732--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkurl</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2703--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2734--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2705--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2736--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2738--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2740--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2712--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows +<!--l. 2743--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> \let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble \gdef\hyper@link##1##2##3{##3}% \def\hyper@linkurl##1##2{##1}% @@ -6860,16 +6903,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> \let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo \let\hyper@linkend\@empty </pre> -<!--l. 2722--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2724--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2753--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a - id="x1-6200011"></a>Special support for other packages</h3> -<!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" >Package <span + id="x1-6300011"></a>Special support for other packages</h3> +<!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" >Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for conflict, such as <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2731--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span + <!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">harvard </span>package is supported. However, the recommended package is Patrick Daly’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package that has @@ -6879,16 +6922,16 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>hooks to allow reliable interaction. This pac class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2738--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span + <!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>macros. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2741--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. + <!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc</li></ul> -<!--l. 2748--><p class="indent" > The <span + <!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc</li></ul> +<!--l. 2779--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially well with it. These are <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>and <span @@ -6896,69 +6939,69 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc</span>, which support crossdocument links using <span <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>/<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively. -<!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2786--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a - id="x1-6300011.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4> -<!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: -<!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-6400011.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4> +<!--l. 2788--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: +<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.1 </span> <a - id="x1-6400011.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5> + id="x1-6500011.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">  \usepackage{float}   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg. </pre> -<!--l. 2765--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2796--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2798--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.2 </span> <a - id="x1-6500011.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5> -<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be + id="x1-6600011.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5> +<!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be spacing problems (eqnarray isn’t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use gather: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">   \usepackage{amsmath}   \let\equation\gather   \let\endequation\endgather </pre> -<!--l. 2780--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2811--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2813--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.3 </span> <a - id="x1-6600011.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5> -<!--l. 2784--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order: + id="x1-6700011.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5> +<!--l. 2815--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{amsrefs} </pre> -<!--l. 2789--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2820--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.4 </span> <a - id="x1-6700011.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5> -<!--l. 2793--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error, + id="x1-6800011.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5> +<!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error, thus the resulting package order is then: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">   \usepackage{longtable}   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{arydshln} </pre> -<!--l. 2801--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2803--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2832--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.5 </span> <a - id="x1-6800011.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2805--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter + id="x1-6900011.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5> +<!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter Szabó, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/. -<!--l. 2810--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2841--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.6 </span> <a - id="x1-6900011.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2812--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-7000011.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5> +<!--l. 2843--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ to support ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -6966,13 +7009,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ is supported. If ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’ is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead. -<!--l. 2819--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.7 </span> <a - id="x1-7000011.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5> -<!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: + id="x1-7100011.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5> +<!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">   \makeatletter   \let\saved@bibitem\@bibitem   \makeatother @@ -6988,53 +7031,53 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be use     \nobibliography{database}   \endgroup </pre> -<!--l. 2838--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2840--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2869--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.8 </span> <a - id="x1-7100011.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5> -<!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes + id="x1-7200011.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5> +<!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false). -<!--l. 2847--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2878--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.9 </span> <a - id="x1-7200011.1.9"></a>chappg</h5> -<!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘chappg’ uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-7300011.1.9"></a>chappg</h5> +<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘chappg’ uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by ‘hyperref’. The package order is therefore: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{chappg} </pre> -<!--l. 2855--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2886--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2888--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.10 </span> <a - id="x1-7300011.1.10"></a>cite</h5> -<!--l. 2859--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround + id="x1-7400011.1.10"></a>cite</h5> +<!--l. 2890--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround via: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">  \makeatletter  \def\NAT@parse{\typeout{This is a fake Natbib command to fool Hyperref.}}  \makeatother  \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 2869--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - +<!--l. 2900--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many people). -<!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2907--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.11 </span> <a - id="x1-7400011.1.11"></a>count1to</h5> -<!--l. 2878--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-7500011.1.11"></a>count1to</h5> +<!--l. 2909--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse ‘hyperref’. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<...></span></span></span> has to be fixed: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">   \usepackage{count1to}   \AtBeginDocument{% *after* \usepackage{count1to}     \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}% @@ -7044,85 +7087,85 @@ has to be fixed:     \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%   } </pre> -<!--l. 2890--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2892--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2921--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.12 </span> <a - id="x1-7500011.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5> -<!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: + id="x1-7600011.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5> +<!--l. 2925--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{dblaccnt} </pre> -<!--l. 2898--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span +<!--l. 2929--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>. -<!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2933--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.13 </span> <a - id="x1-7600011.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5> -<!--l. 2903--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. -<!--l. 2906--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-7700011.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5> +<!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. +<!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.14 </span> <a - id="x1-7700011.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5> -<!--l. 2908--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-7800011.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5> +<!--l. 2939--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{ellipsis} </pre> -<!--l. 2913--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2915--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2944--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2946--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> is needed). -<!--l. 2917--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.15 </span> <a - id="x1-7800011.1.15"></a>float</h5> + id="x1-7900011.1.15"></a>float</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">  \usepackage{float}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 2921--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2952--><p class="nopar" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2954--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2928--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2955--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2959--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.16 </span> <a - id="x1-7900011.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5> -<!--l. 2929--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-8000011.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5> +<!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.17 </span> <a - id="x1-8000011.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5> -<!--l. 2932--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-8100011.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5> +<!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it uses package ‘atbegshi’ instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of ‘foils.cls’ regarding hyperref is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b. -<!--l. 2940--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2971--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.18 </span> <a - id="x1-8100011.1.18"></a>footnote</h5> -<!--l. 2942--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option + id="x1-8200011.1.18"></a>footnote</h5> +<!--l. 2973--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2946--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.19 </span> <a - id="x1-8200011.1.19"></a>geometry</h5> -<!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size + id="x1-8300011.1.19"></a>geometry</h5> +<!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size Then prefer the program ‘dvipdfmx’ or use one of the following workarounds to move the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> of geometry to an earlier location: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">     \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes     \usepackage{atbegshi}     \AtBeginDocument{% @@ -7149,107 +7192,107 @@ geometry to an earlier location:     ]{geometry}     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 2980--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3011--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.20 </span> <a - id="x1-8300011.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5> -<!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" >version <span + id="x1-8400011.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5> +<!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >version <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>V1.6b (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@makecaption</span></span></span>, see ChangeLog) -<!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3018--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.21 </span> <a - id="x1-8400011.1.21"></a>index</h5> -<!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" >version <span + id="x1-8500011.1.21"></a>index</h5> +<!--l. 3020--><p class="noindent" >version <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition) -<!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3023--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.22 </span> <a - id="x1-8500011.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5> -<!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" >Compatible. -<!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-8600011.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5> +<!--l. 3025--><p class="noindent" >Compatible. +<!--l. 3028--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.23 </span> <a - id="x1-8600011.1.23"></a>linguex</h5> + id="x1-8700011.1.23"></a>linguex</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">  \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{linguex} </pre> -<!--l. 3001--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3003--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3032--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3034--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.24 </span> <a - id="x1-8700011.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5> + id="x1-8800011.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">  \usepackage{longtable}   \usepackage{ltabptch}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3008--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3039--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.25 </span> <a - id="x1-8800011.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5> -<!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 3016--><p class="indent" > Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’ + id="x1-8900011.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5> +<!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 3047--><p class="indent" > Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’ after ‘hyperref’ to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment ‘eqnarray’ properly, for example. -<!--l. 3023--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.26 </span> <a - id="x1-8900011.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3025--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead. -<!--l. 3030--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-9000011.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5> +<!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead. +<!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.27 </span> <a - id="x1-9000011.1.27"></a>multind</h5> + id="x1-9100011.1.27"></a>multind</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">  \usepackage{multind}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3034--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3065--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.28 </span> <a - id="x1-9100011.1.28"></a>natbib</h5> + id="x1-9200011.1.28"></a>natbib</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">  \usepackage{natbib}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3040--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3071--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.29 </span> <a - id="x1-9200011.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5> -<!--l. 3043--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: + id="x1-9300011.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5> +<!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">       \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 3046--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3077--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.30 </span> <a - id="x1-9300011.1.30"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead. -<!--l. 3054--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: + id="x1-9400011.1.30"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5> +<!--l. 3081--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead. +<!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">       \renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{%         \hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}%       }     But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name     is not available in general. </pre> -<!--l. 3061--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3092--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.31 </span> <a - id="x1-9400011.1.31"></a>prettyref</h5> + id="x1-9500011.1.31"></a>prettyref</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> %%% example for prettyref %%% \documentclass{article} \usepackage{prettyref} @@ -7269,55 +7312,55 @@ properly, for example. %%% example for prettyref %%%        </pre> -<!--l. 3083--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3086--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3114--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3117--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.32 </span> <a - id="x1-9500011.1.32"></a>setspace</h5> + id="x1-9600011.1.32"></a>setspace</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">  \usepackage{setspace}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3090--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3121--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.33 </span> <a - id="x1-9600011.1.33"></a>sidecap</h5> -<!--l. 3093--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. -<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" > + id="x1-9700011.1.33"></a>sidecap</h5> +<!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. +<!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.34 </span> <a - id="x1-9700011.1.34"></a>subfigure</h5> -<!--l. 3096--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span + id="x1-9800011.1.34"></a>subfigure</h5> +<!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span class="ec-lmss-10">subfig </span>or <span class="ec-lmss-10">subcaption</span> -<!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.35 </span> <a - id="x1-9800011.1.35"></a>titleref</h5> + id="x1-9900011.1.35"></a>titleref</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">  \usepackage{nameref}   \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3104--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3135--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3137--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.36 </span> <a - id="x1-9900011.1.36"></a>tabularx</h5> -<!--l. 3108--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional + id="x1-10000011.1.36"></a>tabularx</h5> +<!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had disabled footnotes entirely by ‘hyperfootnotes=false’. -<!--l. 3114--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.37 </span> <a - id="x1-10000011.1.37"></a>titlesec</h5> -<!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" ><span + id="x1-10100011.1.37"></a>titlesec</h5> +<!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). -<!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.38 </span> <a - id="x1-10100011.1.38"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5> -<!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a + id="x1-10200011.1.38"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5> +<!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers @@ -7326,52 +7369,52 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PrerenderUnicode</span></span></span> or <span class="obeyl class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">     \usepackage{ucs}     \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}     \usepackage{hyperref}% or with option unicode     \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1}     \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}} </pre> -<!--l. 3136--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the +<!--l. 3167--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the characters directly. -<!--l. 3140--><p class="indent" > Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span +<!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>is no longer recommended. -<!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.39 </span> <a - id="x1-10200011.1.39"></a>varioref</h5> -<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is + id="x1-10300011.1.39"></a>varioref</h5> +<!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is now unsupported. -<!--l. 3147--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading +<!--l. 3178--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading order: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">     \usepackage{nameref}     \usepackage{varioref}     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3153--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3156--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for +<!--l. 3184--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3187--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref. -<!--l. 3161--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported: +<!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Ref</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Vref</span></span></span> do not uppercase the first letter. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3164--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.</li></ul> -<!--l. 3168--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3199--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.40 </span> <a - id="x1-10300011.1.40"></a>verse</h5> -<!--l. 3170--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. -<!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): + id="x1-10400011.1.40"></a>verse</h5> +<!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. +<!--l. 3203--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">   \documentclass{article}   % package order does not matter @@ -7413,32 +7456,32 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a pre   \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3216--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3247--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3249--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.41 </span> <a - id="x1-10400011.1.41"></a>vietnam</h5> + id="x1-10500011.1.41"></a>vietnam</h5> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">  % pd1enc.def should be loaded before package dblaccnt:   \usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc}   \usepackage{vietnam}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3224--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3255--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.42 </span> <a - id="x1-10500011.1.42"></a>XeTeX</h5> -<!--l. 3228--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-10600011.1.42"></a>XeTeX</h5> +<!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 3234--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a +<!--l. 3265--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning -<!--l. 3238--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3269--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> convert</span><span @@ -7446,59 +7489,59 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> input</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> string</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> UTF16...</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3240--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. +<!--l. 3271--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used. -<!--l. 3246--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3277--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a - id="x1-10600012"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="x1-10700012"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc7.html#fn6x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-106001f6"></a> </h3> + id="x1-107001f6"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a - id="x1-10700012.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4> -<!--l. 3249--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other + id="x1-10800012.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4> +<!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone. -<!--l. 3253--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: +<!--l. 3284--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option + <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option <span class="ec-lmss-10">linktocpage </span>can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section title is not forced into an one line link with overfull <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hbox</span></span></span> warning. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3260--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3291--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>”s are caught by package <span class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" >The option <span + <!--l. 3292--><p class="noindent" >The option <span class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping, e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced. - <!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break + <!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread “hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2” in comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul> -<!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3304--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a - id="x1-10800012.2"></a>Links across pages</h4> -<!--l. 3275--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: + id="x1-10900012.2"></a>Links across pages</h4> +<!--l. 3306--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3277--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). + <!--l. 3308--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3278--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error + <!--l. 3309--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error message can occur sometimes.</li></ul> -<!--l. 3283--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3314--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.3 </span> <a - id="x1-10900012.3"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-11000012.3"></a>Footnotes</h4> +<!--l. 3316--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between @@ -7514,57 +7557,57 @@ Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of <s class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a - id="x1-11000013"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a + id="x1-11100013"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc8.html#fn7x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><a - id="x1-110001f7"></a> </h3> + id="x1-111001f7"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a - id="x1-11100013.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4> -<!--l. 3300--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-11200013.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4> +<!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">     \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3304--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets +<!--l. 3335--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">     pdfborder=001 </pre> -<!--l. 3308--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: +<!--l. 3339--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">     \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3313--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3344--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">     \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1} </pre> -<!--l. 3317--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3348--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without space stripping in the value part. -<!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the +<!--l. 3354--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the packages <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>). -<!--l. 3328--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3359--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a - id="x1-11200013.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4> + id="x1-11300013.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" >Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> uses the page anchors that @@ -7577,13 +7620,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\romannumbering</span></span></span>, ...), then the page an class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span> is recommended. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3340--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of + <!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With logical markup this situation can easily be solved: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">       \usepackage{makeidx}       \makeindex       \usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref} @@ -7591,23 +7634,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With       ...       \index{Some example|main} </pre> - <!--l. 3352--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3383--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3353--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. + <!--l. 3384--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span + <!--l. 3386--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of “?”: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">       \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} </pre> - <!--l. 3359--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3390--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3360--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case, hyperref’s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex=false</span></span></span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7615,7 +7658,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless o setting of hyperindex. - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% delim_0 ", \\hyperpage{" delim_1 ", \\hyperpage{" @@ -7627,89 +7670,89 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless o encap_suffix "}" %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% </pre> - <!--l. 3375--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 3378--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 3406--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 3409--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a - id="x1-11300013.3"></a>Warning <span + id="x1-11400013.3"></a>Warning <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></h4> -<!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: +<!--l. 3411--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \makeatletter \providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0} \makeatother </pre> -<!--l. 3385--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3387--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3416--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3418--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a - id="x1-11400013.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4> -<!--l. 3389--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding + id="x1-11500013.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4> +<!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps to a figure. In this case, try package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the problem. -<!--l. 3397--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3428--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a - id="x1-11500013.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4> + id="x1-11600013.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4> - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> \documentclass[pdftex]{article} \usepackage[unicode]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3401--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: -<!--l. 3405--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3432--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3434--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: +<!--l. 3436--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3407--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: -<!--l. 3409--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt -<!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3438--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: +<!--l. 3440--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt +<!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>): - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">     0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;...     1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;... </pre> -<!--l. 3415--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3417--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: -<!--l. 3419--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a +<!--l. 3446--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3448--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: +<!--l. 3450--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.) - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">     0227 -> \002\047     1EA1 -> \036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3426--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3428--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: -<!--l. 3430--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3457--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3459--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: +<!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal numbers): - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">     \002\047 -> \9002\047     \036\241 -> \9036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3437--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3439--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3468--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">     \900 = \80, \901 = \81, \902 = \82, ...     \9002\047 -> \82\047 </pre> -<!--l. 3445--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3447--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: +<!--l. 3476--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047} \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241} @@ -7718,11 +7761,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: \end{document}        </pre> -<!--l. 3456--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3458--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3487--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3489--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a - id="x1-11600013.6"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3460--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + id="x1-11700013.6"></a>Footnotes</h4> +<!--l. 3491--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span> out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7731,7 +7774,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>. Here you can either disa class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span> or fiddle with internal macros, nasty examples: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> \documentclass{article} \usepackage{hyperref} \begin{document} @@ -7780,12 +7823,12 @@ C% \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3514--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3545--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3516--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3547--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a - id="x1-11700013.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4> -<!--l. 3518--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For + id="x1-11800013.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4> +<!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7794,40 +7837,40 @@ another counter. Package hyperref hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span cla class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. Also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span> of package amsmath is caught by hyperref. -<!--l. 3528--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old +<!--l. 3559--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without hyperref’s additions. Then the companion counter macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after hyperref is loaded. -<!--l. 3534--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3565--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case: - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3538--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) +<!--l. 3569--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section} </pre> -<!--l. 3543--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) +<!--l. 3574--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) - <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90"> + <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}} </pre> -<!--l. 3549--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3551--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3580--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14 </span> <a - id="x1-11800014"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3> -<!--l. 3553--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span + id="x1-11900014"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3> +<!--l. 3584--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span @@ -7840,12 +7883,12 @@ Carlisle, T. V. Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, t get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they found. -<!--l. 3566--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has +<!--l. 3597--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX are entirely due to him! The investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into PDF. -<!--l. 3574--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span +<!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers. Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span @@ -7859,14 +7902,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one day. -<!--l. 3583--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and +<!--l. 3614--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights; D. P. Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>. -<!--l. 3589--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. -<!--l. 3592--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span +<!--l. 3620--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. +<!--l. 3623--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support, frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit @@ -7875,62 +7918,62 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15 </span> <a - id="x1-11900015"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3> -<!--l. 3632--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 -<!--l. 3635--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span + id="x1-12000015"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3> +<!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 +<!--l. 3666--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. -<!--l. 3641--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a - id="x1-120000"></a>Preamble</h4> -<!--l. 3643--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document + id="x1-121000"></a>Preamble</h4> +<!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. -<!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must +<!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. -<!--l. 3656--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software +<!--l. 3687--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -<!--l. 3665--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a - id="x1-12100015.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4> -<!--l. 3668--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by + id="x1-12200015.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4> +<!--l. 3699--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. -<!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a +<!--l. 3709--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. -<!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals +<!--l. 3713--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. -<!--l. 3693--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of +<!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. -<!--l. 3701--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or +<!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. -<!--l. 3706--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format +<!--l. 3737--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or @@ -7939,7 +7982,7 @@ otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been a discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”. -<!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo +<!--l. 3750--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include @@ -7947,41 +7990,41 @@ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word process or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. -<!--l. 3730--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are +<!--l. 3761--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -<!--l. 3737--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely +<!--l. 3768--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition. -<!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this +<!--l. 3776--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. -<!--l. 3753--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3784--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a - id="x1-12200015.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4> -<!--l. 3756--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, + id="x1-12300015.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4> +<!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section <a -href="#x1-12300015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> +href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> . -<!--l. 3767--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display +<!--l. 3798--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. -<!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3 </span> <a - id="x1-12300015.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4> -<!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, + id="x1-12400015.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4> +<!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly @@ -7990,10 +8033,10 @@ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. -<!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones +<!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. -<!--l. 3792--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must +<!--l. 3823--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free @@ -8002,75 +8045,75 @@ begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. -<!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before +<!--l. 3836--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -<!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.4 </span> <a - id="x1-12400015.4"></a>Modifications</h4> -<!--l. 3813--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a -href="#x1-12200015.2">15.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a> + id="x1-12500015.4"></a>Modifications</h4> +<!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a +href="#x1-12300015.2">15.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a> and <a -href="#x1-12300015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the +href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -<!--l. 3822--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 3853--><p class="indent" > <ol class="enumerate1" > <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124002x1"> - <!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, + class="enumerate" id="x1-125002x1"> + <!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124004x2"> - <!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship + class="enumerate" id="x1-125004x2"> + <!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124006x3"> - <!--l. 3833--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. + class="enumerate" id="x1-125006x3"> + <!--l. 3864--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124008x4"> - <!--l. 3835--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + class="enumerate" id="x1-125008x4"> + <!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124010x5"> - <!--l. 3836--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright + class="enumerate" id="x1-125010x5"> + <!--l. 3867--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124012x6"> - <!--l. 3838--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission + class="enumerate" id="x1-125012x6"> + <!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124014x7"> - <!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts + class="enumerate" id="x1-125014x7"> + <!--l. 3872--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document’s license notice. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124016x8"> - <!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. + class="enumerate" id="x1-125016x8"> + <!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124018x9"> - <!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at + class="enumerate" id="x1-125018x9"> + <!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124020x10"> - <!--l. 3851--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a + class="enumerate" id="x1-125020x10"> + <!--l. 3882--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the @@ -8079,99 +8122,99 @@ Version: </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124022x11"> - <!--l. 3858--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the + class="enumerate" id="x1-125022x11"> + <!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124024x12"> - <!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their + class="enumerate" id="x1-125024x12"> + <!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124026x13"> - <!--l. 3865--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the + class="enumerate" id="x1-125026x13"> + <!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124028x14"> - <!--l. 3867--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with + class="enumerate" id="x1-125028x14"> + <!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. </li> <li - class="enumerate" id="x1-124030x15"> - <!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + class="enumerate" id="x1-125030x15"> + <!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. </li></ol> -<!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary +<!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -<!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of +<!--l. 3911--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties–for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. -<!--l. 3886--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as +<!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -<!--l. 3896--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their +<!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -<!--l. 3901--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.5 </span> <a - id="x1-12500015.5"></a>Combining documents</h4> -<!--l. 3904--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms + id="x1-12600015.5"></a>Combining documents</h4> +<!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section <a -href="#x1-12400015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of +href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. -<!--l. 3912--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant +<!--l. 3943--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -<!--l. 3921--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original +<!--l. 3952--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements”. -<!--l. 3928--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.6 </span> <a - id="x1-12600015.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4> -<!--l. 3931--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, + id="x1-12700015.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4> +<!--l. 3962--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -<!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this +<!--l. 3968--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -<!--l. 3943--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.7 </span> <a - id="x1-12700015.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4> -<!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or + id="x1-12800015.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4> +<!--l. 3977--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -<!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a -href="#x1-12300015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if +<!--l. 3986--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a +href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. -<!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.8 </span> <a - id="x1-12800015.8"></a>Translation</h4> -<!--l. 3967--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document + id="x1-12900015.8"></a>Translation</h4> +<!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section <a -href="#x1-12400015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> . Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special +href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> . Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of @@ -8180,53 +8223,53 @@ provided that you also include the original English version of this License and versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. -<!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the +<!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section <a -href="#x1-12400015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> ) to Preserve its Title (section <a -href="#x1-12100015.1">15.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a> ) will typically require changing the actual +href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> ) to Preserve its Title (section <a +href="#x1-12200015.1">15.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a> ) will typically require changing the actual title. -<!--l. 3988--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4019--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.9 </span> <a - id="x1-12900015.9"></a>Termination</h4> -<!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under + id="x1-13000015.9"></a>Termination</h4> +<!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. -<!--l. 4000--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.10 </span> <a - id="x1-13000015.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4> -<!--l. 4003--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation + id="x1-13100015.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4> +<!--l. 4034--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -<!--l. 4009--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a +<!--l. 4040--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -<!--l. 4019--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4050--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a - id="x1-131000"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4> -<!--l. 4021--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and + id="x1-132000"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4> +<!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: -<!--l. 4025--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 4056--><p class="indent" > <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span + <!--l. 4057--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.</blockquote> -<!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” +<!--l. 4066--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this: -<!--l. 4038--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and +<!--l. 4069--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. -<!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge +<!--l. 4072--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. -<!--l. 4045--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these +<!--l. 4076--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf Binary files differindex afff2a883f..73a527cfb7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex index b176905088..f73be90ac4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ } \makeatother \title{Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for \xpackage{hyperref}} -\date{2022-06-13 v7.00r} +\date{2022-06-20 v7.00s} \begin{document} @@ -333,10 +333,10 @@ many \LaTeX\ commands.\footnote{But work has started to reduce the number of redefinition and so the dependencies on the loading order.} \emph{Do not load it in \ci{AtBeginDocument} or the \texttt{begindocument} hook!} -While this often worked in the past this is not officially supported. +While this often worked in the past this is not officially supported. As \xpackage{hyperref} and \xpackage{nameref} use this hook too to initialize commands, timing of code execution is tricky and fragile if the packages are loaded there. -If you want to delay the loading, use the \texttt{begindocument/before} hook. +If you want to delay the loading, use the \texttt{begindocument/before} hook. Hopefully you will find that all cross-references work correctly as hypertext. For example, \ci{section} commands will @@ -401,6 +401,36 @@ which are used in toc like lists and \cs{addcontentsline}. Typical values are \end{description} +\subsection{Values of package and \cs{hypersetup} options} +When\marginpar{\tiny New in version 7.00s} +a key is set either in the package options or with +\cs{hypersetup} \xpackage{hyperref} typically +stores the result in internal variables, or executes some +code or sets a internal boolean. +Package and class authors should here \emph{not} rely on +the names or the details of the key processing. + +But as other packages sometimes need to know which value has been set, +some values can be retrieved with the expandable +\cs{GetDocumentProperties}. The values are given back +surrounded by \cs{exp\_not:n}, so can be used safely in an \cs{edef}. +So for example to get the pdfauthor you can do. + +\begin{verbatim} +\edef\mypdfauthor{\GetDocumentProperties{hyperref/pdfauthor}} +\end{verbatim} + +The values are given back as entered by the user! If they should be used in a PDF context +\cs{pdfstringdef} or something equivalent must still be applied. + +Currently this interface can be used for the keys \texttt{pdfauthor}, \texttt{pdftitle}, +\texttt{pdfproducer}, +\texttt{pdfcreator}, \texttt{pdfsubject} and \texttt{pdfkeywords}. +If used with a unknown key an empty value is returned. +The interface works also if the new PDF management is loaded with \cs{DocumentMetadata}, in this +case more keys gives back their value. + + \subsection{Links commands} The following commands are provided by all drivers to create links. They can be used by packages if the user commands are not sufficient. @@ -597,6 +627,7 @@ In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value true if used. These are the ones classed as `boolean'. The values true and false can always be specified, however. + \subsection{General options} Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf Binary files differindex e28e35e2da..1bef8d1a4e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf Binary files differindex d0065be870..0662cf87b0 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf Binary files differindex 86987faae1..6cf129cde9 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx index ae9e522ca4..765a9c19a9 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse % Source File: hluatex.dtx -% 2022-06-13 v7.00r +% 2022-06-20 v7.00s % % Copyright % 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} %<*luatex> -%% 2022-06-13 v7.00r +%% 2022-06-20 v7.00s %% force unicode encoding, see issue #101 %% code mostly copied from hxetex.def \HyPsd@LoadUnicode diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx index f2049bc549..cd0557bcdb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ % }^^A % } % -% \date{Version v7.00r, released 2022-06-13} +% \date{Version v7.00s, released 2022-06-20} % % \maketitle % \begin{documentation} @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<@@=hyp> %<*header> -\ProvidesExplPackage{hyperref-linktarget}{2022-06-13}{v7.00r} +\ProvidesExplPackage{hyperref-linktarget}{2022-06-20}{v7.00s} {Making targets, destinations and anchors -- module of hyperref} %</header> % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx index d5b76521f0..6baf1e5480 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %<puvnenc>\ProvidesFile{puvnenc.def} %<puarenc>\ProvidesFile{puarenc.def} %<psdextra>\ProvidesFile{psdextra.def} -%<!none&!packageEnd> [2022-06-13 v7.00r % +%<!none&!packageEnd> [2022-06-20 v7.00s % %<package> Hypertext links for LaTeX] %<nohyperref> Dummy hyperref (SR)] %<driver> Hyperref documentation driver file] @@ -4435,7 +4435,35 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Help macros} +% Package like hyperxmp want to retrieve the value of keys like |pdfauthor|. +% To avoid that we have two parallel interfaces we provide the interface from +% the pdfmanagement/ltdocinit if it doesn't exist. % +% \begin{macro}{\AddToDocumentProperties} +% \begin{macro}{\GetDocumentProperties} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ExplSyntaxOn +\@ifundefined{AddToDocumentProperties} + { + \prop_new:N \g__hyp_documentproperties_prop + \NewDocumentCommand\AddToDocumentProperties{O{\@currname}mm} + { + \exp_args:NNx + \prop_gput:Nnn \g__hyp_documentproperties_prop + { + \tl_if_blank:eTF {#1}{top-level/}{#1/} #2 + } + { #3} + } + \NewExpandableDocumentCommand\GetDocumentProperties{m} + { + \prop_item:Nn \g__hyp_documentproperties_prop {#1} + } + }{} +\ExplSyntaxOff +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\IfHyperBooleanExists} % \begin{macrocode} \def\IfHyperBooleanExists#1{% @@ -6202,21 +6230,25 @@ \endgroup } \define@key{Hyp}{pdftitle}{% + \AddToDocumentProperties[hyperref]{pdftitle}{#1}% \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdftitle{#1}% } \define@key{Hyp}{pdfauthor}{% + \AddToDocumentProperties[hyperref]{pdfauthor}{#1}% \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdfauthor{#1}% } \define@key{Hyp}{pdfproducer}{% + \AddToDocumentProperties[hyperref]{pdfproducer}{#1}% \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdfproducer{#1}% } \define@key{Hyp}{pdfcreator}{% + \AddToDocumentProperties[hyperref]{pdfcreator}{#1}% \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdfcreator{#1}% @@ -6239,11 +6271,13 @@ \endgroup } \define@key{Hyp}{pdfsubject}{% + \AddToDocumentProperties[hyperref]{pdfsubject}{#1}% \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdfsubject{#1}% } \define@key{Hyp}{pdfkeywords}{% + \AddToDocumentProperties[hyperref]{pdfkeywords}{#1}% \HyXeTeX@CheckUnicode \HyPsd@PrerenderUnicode{#1}% \pdfstringdef\@pdfkeywords{#1}% @@ -6792,8 +6826,6 @@ \def\Acrobatmenu#1#2{\leavevmode#2\Hy@xspace@end}% \let\PDF@SetupDoc\@empty \let\PDF@FinishDoc\@empty - \let\@fifthoffive\@secondoftwo - \let\@secondoffive\@secondoftwo \let\ReadBookmarks\relax \let\WriteBookmarks\relax \Hy@WarningNoLine{Draft mode on}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty index f4edcb1284..fecbdeca12 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{xr-hyper} - [2022-06-13 v7.00r eXternal References (DPC)] + [2022-06-20 v7.00s eXternal References (DPC)] \def\externaldocument{\@testopt\XR@cite{}} \let\externalcitedocument\externaldocument diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/README.md index 877288c964..9b8dbbff0a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/README.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The `microtype` package **Subliminal refinements towards typographical perfection** - (v3.0d -- 2022/03/14) + (v3.0e -- 2022/06/20) Overview diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-code.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-code.pdf Binary files differindex f694148eb5..ad172ab136 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-code.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-code.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-utf.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-utf.dtx index 469e99b6d9..2d6110dd2e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-utf.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype-utf.dtx @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ \ProvidesFile %</!EBGaramond> %<*driver> - {\jobname.dtx}[2022/03/14 v3.0d] + {\jobname.dtx}[2022/06/20 v3.0e] %</driver> %<CharisSIL> {mt-CharisSIL.cfg}[2017/07/07 v1.1 microtype config. file: Charis SIL (RS)] %<LatinModernRoman> {mt-LatinModernRoman.cfg}[2021/02/21 v1.1 microtype config. file: Latin Modern Roman (RS)] @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ luatexbase.add_to_callback("pre_linebreak_filter", nodeprocessor, "replace missi % \begin{macrocode} %</CharisSIL> % \end{macrocode} -%\subsubsection{EB Garamond} +%\subsubsection{EB~Garamond} %\addtoUTFbookmarks{subsub:OT-inh-EBGaramond} %\changes{v3.0}{2021/08/08}{settings for <EB> Garamond (OpenType)} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ luatexbase.add_to_callback("pre_linebreak_filter", nodeprocessor, "replace missi } %</CharisSIL> % \end{macrocode} -%\subsubsection{EB Garamond} +%\subsubsection{EB~Garamond} %\addtoUTFbookmarks{subsub:OT-prot-EBGaramond} %\changes{v3.0}{2021/10/25}{settings for <EB> Garamond (OpenType)} % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.dtx index 4e061d1810..eb724cae42 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.dtx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %<lua-> {microtype-luatex.def} %<xe-> {microtype-xetex.def} %<*package|letterspace|m-t|pdf-|lua-|xe-|show> - [2022/03/14 v3.0d + [2022/06/20 v3.0e %<package> Micro-typographical refinements %<letterspace> Robust letterspacing %<show> Visual debugging for the microtype package @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ %<luafile>local microtype = microtype %<luafile>microtype.module = { %<luafile> name = "microtype", -%<luafile> version = "3.0d", -%<luafile> date = "2022/03/14", +%<luafile> version = "3.0e", +%<luafile> date = "2022/06/20", %<luafile> description = "microtype module.", %<luafile> author = "E. Roux, R. Schlicht and P. Gesang", %<luafile> copyright = "E. Roux, R. Schlicht and P. Gesang", @@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ %<*driver|docsty> %<*driver> \makeatletter -\AddToHook{package/doc/before}{\pkgcls@targetdate=1 \def\pkgcls@targetlabel{v2}} -\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{ltxdoc} +\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,doc2]{ltxdoc} %</driver> % Compiling microtype.dtx with the command line option % --jobname=microtype-code @@ -1405,7 +1404,7 @@ % If the \opt{disable} option is passed to the package, all % micro-typographic extensions will be disabled, which may lead to different % line, and hence even page, breaks. This option replaces the |draft| option -% from previous versions, which could be inherited from the class options; +% from earlier versions, which could be inherited from the class options; % to restore the previous behaviour, you may pass the value |ifdraft|: % in this case, the \opt{disable} option will be set to |true| if and only if % the document class has been loaded with the |draft| option. @@ -2394,7 +2393,7 @@ % & n, it, (sl)\fnref{fn:t1-itsl}, sc \\ % Times (|ptm|, |ptmx|, |ptmj|)\footnote{Aliases: \pkg{txfonts} (|txr|), % \pkg{qfonts}/QuasiTimes, \TeX\ Gyre Termes (|qtm|), -% \pkg{newtx}, \pkg{tempora}, \pkg{step}, \pkg{stix}/\pkg{stix2}} +% \pkg{newtx}, \pkg{tempora}, \pkg{step}, \pkg{stix}/\pkg{stix2}/\pkg{stickstoo}} % & <OT1>, <OT4>, <T1>, <LY1>, <QX>, (<TS1>)\fnref{fn:t1-incmpl} % & n, it, (sl)\fnref{fn:t1-itsl}, sc \\ % Computer Modern math (|cmsy|, |cmm|)\footnote{Aliases: Latin Modern (|lmsy|, |lmm|), \pkg{mlmodern} (|mlmsy|, |mlmm|)} @@ -2780,7 +2779,7 @@ % \MTsupp{standard classes, \cls{memoir}} % \item[footnote] Protrusion for the first line of footnote text (visible in particular % when the footnote text is set in block paragraphs, like in this document). -% \MTsupp{standard classes, \cls{memoir}, <\cls{KOMA}> classes, \pkg{hyperref}} +% \MTsupp{standard classes, \cls{memoir}, <\cls{KOMA}> classes, \cls{beamer}, \pkg{hyperref}} % \item[eqnum] Protrusion for equation numbers on either side. If you are using the % interface provided by \pkg{mathtools}, insert the relevant commands % yourself, \eg: @@ -2792,7 +2791,9 @@ % %\medskip\noindent % By default, all of the above patches will be applied. Should this not be desired, -% or in case you are running into problems, you may prevent or undo the patches through +% or in case you are running into problems (or just want to silence a warning that a +% patch cannot be applied -- which in itself only means that no harm is done, but no +% good either), you may prevent or undo the patches through % the \textcolor{thered}{\opt{patch}} and \textcolor{thered}{\opt{nopatch}} options, % either when loading the package: %\begin{verbatim} @@ -3334,9 +3335,11 @@ % \contributor Joel Coffman <@\at @>, ^^A https://github.com/joel-coffman % `\contributor user182849 <@\at @>', ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/users/182849/user182849 % `\contributor NightShade <@\at @>', ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/users/260836/nightshade -% \contributor Nelson Lago <@\at @> ^^A https://github.com/urrameu +% \contributor Nelson Lago <@\at @>, ^^A https://github.com/urrameu +% \contributor Brian Dunn <@\at @>, ^^A https://github.com/bdtc +% \contributor Ralf Steinle <rasteinle\at web.de> % and -% \contributor Brian Dunn <@\at @>. ^^A https://github.com/bdtc +% \contributor Denis Bitouz\'e <@\at @>. ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/users/18401/denis-bitouz%c3%a9 % %\iffalse %\section{History of micro-typography} ^^A some time ... @@ -3407,7 +3410,7 @@ % \bibitem[\pdftex\ manual]{pdftexman} % \thanh, Sebastian Rahtz, Hans Hagen, Hartmut Henkel, Pawe\l\ Jackowski, Martin Schr\"oder, Karl Berry, % \emph{The \pdftex\ user manual}, -% 18~February 2021. +% 1~March 2022. % (\ctanurl{systems/doc/pdftex/manual/pdftex-a.pdf}) % % \bibitem[Fontname]{fontname} @@ -3429,7 +3432,7 @@ % \bibitem[\pkg{luaotfload}]{luaotfload} % \LaTeX3 Project, \'Elie Roux, Khaled Hosny, Philipp Gesang, Ulrike Fischer, Marcel Kr\"uger, % \emph{The \pkg{luaotfload} package}, -% 21~May 2021. +% 15~June 2022. % (\ctanpkgurl{luaotfload}) % % \bibitem[\pkg{pdfcprot}]{pdfcprot} @@ -3483,6 +3486,8 @@ % %\VersionDate{\expandafter\@gobble\fileversion}{\filedate} % +%\VersionDate{3.0d}{2022/03/14} +% %\VersionDate{3.0c}{2022/02/22} % %\VersionDate{3.0b}{2021/12/10} @@ -3490,12 +3495,12 @@ %\VersionDate{3.0a}{2021/12/02} % %\Version{3.0}{2021/10/31} +% \item New option \opt{disable}, replacing the |draft| option; deprecate option |final| +% \refsection{\ref{sub:options-misc}} % \item Possibility of automatical protrusion based on difference of character widths % \refsection{\ref{sub:inheritance}} % \item New commands \cs{leftprotrusion} and \cs{rightprotrusion}; % various patches to get protrusion right \refsection{\ref{sec:pedantic}} -% \item New option \opt{disable}, replacing the |draft| option; deprecate option |final| -% \refsection{\ref{sub:options-misc}} % \item New package \pkg{microtype-show} for visual debugging of protrusion settings % \refsection{\ref{sec:contrib}} % \item Protrusion settings for New Computer Modern (OpenType) @@ -3568,32 +3573,32 @@ %\VersionDate{2.3a}{2008/02/29} % %\Version{2.3}{2007/12/23} +% \item New option `\opt{verbose}|=silent|' to turn all warnings into mere messages +% \refsection{\ref{sub:options-misc}} % \item New key `|outer kerning|' for \cs{SetTracking} to customise outer kerning % \refsection{\ref{sub:tracking}} % \item Adjust protrusion settings for tracking even if protrusion is not enabled -% \item New option `\opt{verbose}|=silent|' to turn all warnings into mere messages -% \refsection{\ref{sub:options-misc}} % \item The \letterspace\ package also works with \pkg{eplain} or \pkg{miniltx} % \refsection{\ref{sec:lettersp}} % %\Version{2.2}{2007/07/14} % \item Improvements to tracking/letterspacing: retain kerning (\pdftex\ $\geq$ 1.40.4); % automatically adjust protrusion settings +% \item Possibility to expand a font with different parameters (\pdftex\ $\geq$ 1.40.4) +% ^^A ; new option `\opt{copyfonts}' +% \refsection{\ref{sub:expansion}} % \item New key `|no ligatures|' for \cs{SetTracking} to disable selected or % all ligatures (\pdftex\ $\geq$ 1.40.4) % \refsection{\ref{sub:tracking}} % \item New keys `|spacing|' and `|outer spacing|' for \cs{SetTracking} to % customise interword spacing % \refsection{\ref{sub:tracking}} -% \item Possibility to expand a font with different parameters (\pdftex\ $\geq$ 1.40.4) -% ^^A ; new option `\opt{copyfonts}' -% \refsection{\ref{sub:expansion}} -% \item New optional argument for \cs{DisableLigatures} to disable selected ligatures -% \refsection{\ref{sec:disable-ligatures}} % \item New command \cs{DeclareMicrotypeVariants} to specify variant suffixes % \refsection{\ref{sub:config-file}} % \item New command \cs{textmicrotypecontext} as a wrapper for \cs{microtypecontext} % \refsection{\ref{sec:context}} +% \item New optional argument for \cs{DisableLigatures} to disable selected ligatures +% \refsection{\ref{sec:disable-ligatures}} % \item Protrusion settings for Bitstream Letter Gothic %^^A \item Basic support for \luatex\ (if generated with the |lua| option) % @@ -3649,12 +3654,12 @@ % \item Protrusion settings for <T5> encoded Charter % %\Version{1.9}{2005/10/28} -% \item New command \cs{DisableLigatures} to disable ligatures -% (\pdftex\ $\geq$ 1.30) -% \refsection{\ref{sec:disable-ligatures}} % \item New command \cs{microtypecontext} to change the configuration context; % new key `|context|' for the configuration commands % \refsection{\ref{sec:context}} +% \item New command \cs{DisableLigatures} to disable ligatures +% (\pdftex\ $\geq$ 1.30) +% \refsection{\ref{sec:disable-ligatures}} % \item New key `|font|' to add single fonts to the font sets % \refsection{\ref{sec:font-sets}} % \item New key `|preset|' to set all characters to the specified value before @@ -3667,16 +3672,16 @@ %\Version{1.8}{2005/06/23} %^^A \item If font substitution has occurred, the settings for the substitute will %^^A be used instead of those for the selected font -% \item New command \cs{DeclareMicrotypeSetDefault} to declare the default font sets -% \refsection{\ref{sec:font-sets}} % \item New option `\opt{config}' to load a different configuration file % \refsection{\ref{sub:options-misc}} +% \item New command \cs{DeclareMicrotypeSetDefault} to declare the default font sets +% \refsection{\ref{sec:font-sets}} % \item New option `\opt{unit}' to measure protrusion factors relative to a % dimension instead of the character width % \refsection{\ref{sub:protrusion}} % \item Renamed commands from \cmd{\..MicroType..} to \cmd{\..Microtype..} % \item Protrusion settings for <AMS> math fonts -% \item Protrusion settings for Times in <LY1> encoding completed +%^^A \item Protrusion settings for Times in <LY1> encoding completed % \item The `|allmath|' font set also includes <U> encoding %^^A \item 8-bit characters in the configuration finally work as advertised, %^^A even if made active by the \pkg{csquotes} package @@ -3699,12 +3704,12 @@ %\VersionDate{1.6a}{2005/02/02} % %\Version{1.6}{2005/01/24} -% \item New option `\opt{factor}' to influence protrusion resp. expansion of -% all characters of a font or font set -% \refsection{\ref{sub:options-protrusion}, \ref{sec:fine-tuning}} % \item When \pdftex\ is too old to expand fonts automatically, expansion % has to be enabled explicitly, automatic expansion will be disabled % \refsection{\ref{sub:options-microtype}} +% \item New option `\opt{factor}' to influence protrusion resp. expansion of +% all characters of a font or font set +% \refsection{\ref{sub:options-protrusion}, \ref{sec:fine-tuning}} %^^A \item Protrusion settings of digits improved % \item Use \etex\ extensions, if available % @@ -3741,17 +3746,17 @@ % \item New font sets: `|allmath|' and `|basicmath|' % \refsection{\ref{sec:font-sets}, table~\ref{tab:predefined-font-sets}} % \item Protrusion settings for Computer Modern Roman math symbols -% \item Protrusion settings for <TS1> encoding completed for Computer Modern -% Roman and Adobe Garamond +%^^A \item Protrusion settings for <TS1> encoding completed for Computer Modern +%^^A Roman and Adobe Garamond %^^A \item If an alias font name is specified, it will be used as an alternative, %^^A not as a replacement \refsection{\ref{sub:config-file}} % %\Version{1.1}{2004/09/21} -% \item Protrusion settings for Adobe Minion % \item New command: \cs{DeclareCharacterInheritance} % \refsection{\ref{sub:inheritance}} % \item Characters may also be specified as octal or hexadecimal numbers % \refsection{\ref{sec:fine-tuning}} +% \item Protrusion settings for Adobe Minion %^^A \item Configuration file names in lowercase [\ref{sub:config-file}] % %\Version{1.0}{2004/09/11} @@ -3836,23 +3841,22 @@ % \endinput,\escapechar,\everypar,\expandafter,\fi,\futurelet,\gdef,\global, % \hbadness,\hbox,\hfill,\hrule,\hsize,\hskip,\if,\ifcase,\ifcat,\ifdim,\iffalse,\ifhbox, % \ifhmode,\ifmmode,\ifnum,\iftrue,\ifvbox,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\immediate,\input, -% \inputlineno,\interlinepenalty,\jobname,\kern,\lastbox,\lastkern,\lastskip,\leaders, -% \let,\long,\lowercase,\maxdimen,\meaning,\multiply,\newlinechar,\noexpand,\noindent, -% \number,\or,\parfillskip,\pretolerance,\relax,\setbox,\showboxdepth,\splittopskip, -% \string,\the,\tolerance,\unhbox,\unkern,\unskip,\unvbox,\uppercase,\vbadness,\vbox, -% \vfuzz,\vrule,\vsplit,\wd,\widowpenalty,\write,\xdef} +% \inputlineno,\interlinepenalty,\jobname,\kern,\lastbox,\lastkern,\lastskip,\lccode, +% \leaders,\let,\long,\lowercase,\maxdimen,\meaning,\multiply,\newlinechar,\noexpand, +% \noindent,\number,\or,\parfillskip,\pretolerance,\relax,\setbox,\showboxdepth, +% \splittopskip,\string,\the,\tolerance,\unhbox,\unkern,\unskip,\unvbox,\uppercase, +% \vbadness,\vbox,\vfuzz,\vrule,\vsplit,\wd,\widowpenalty,\write,\xdef} %^^A\DoNotIndex{\font,\fontdimen,\fontname,\nullfont,\sfcode,\spacefactor, %^^A \spaceskip,\xspaceskip} ^^A tex %\DoNotIndex{\currentgrouplevel,\currentgrouptype,\currentiflevel,\detokenize, % \dimexpr,\eTeXversion,\ifcsname,\ifdefined,\lastnodetype,\numexpr,\protected, % \unexpanded} %^^A\DoNotIndex{\fontcharwd,\iffontchar} ^^A e-tex -%\DoNotIndex{\pdfannot,\pdfmatch,\pdfoutput,\pdfstrcmp, -% \pdftexrevision,\pdftexversion} +%\DoNotIndex{\pdfannot,\pdfmatch,\pdfstrcmp,\pdftexrevision,\pdftexversion} %^^A\DoNotIndex{\(ef,lp,rp,kn(ac,bc),(kn,sh,st)bs)code,\(left,right)marginkern, %^^A \tagcode,\letterspacefont,\pdfcopyfont,\pdffontexpand,\pdfnoligatures, %^^A \pdfprotrudechars,\pdfadjust(interwordglue,spacing),\pdf(ap,pre)pendkern, -%^^A \pdftracingfonts} ^^A pdftex +%^^A \pdfoutput,\pdftracingfonts} ^^A pdftex %\DoNotIndex{\XeTeXversion,\XeTeXrevision,\strcmp} %^^A\DoNotIndex{\XeTeXcharglyph,\XeTeXfonttype,\XeTeXglyph,\XeTeXglyphindex, %^^A \XeTeXglyphname,\XeTeXlastfontchar,\XeTeXprotrudechars} ^^A xetex @@ -3861,22 +3865,25 @@ %^^A \ignoreligaturesinfont,\outputmode,\protrudechars,\tracingfonts} ^^A luatex %\DoNotIndex{\eplain,\usepkg@pkg} ^^A eplain %\DoNotIndex{\@backslashchar,\@car,\@cclvi,\@classoptionslist,\@currext, -% \@currname,\@defaultunits,\@empty,\@@enc@update,\@eqnnum,\@expandtwoargs, -% \@firstofone,\@firstoftwo,\@footnotetext,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@ifclassloaded, -% \@ifl@t@r,\@ifl@aded,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded,\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@item, -% \@let@token,\@m,\@M,\@makeother,\@minus,\@mpfootnotetext,\@nameuse,\@ne,\@newlistfalse, -% \@nil,\@nnil,\@onelevel@sanitize,\@onlypreamble,\@pkgextension,\@plus,\@ptionlist, -% \@removeelement,\@secondoftwo,\@spaces,\@sptoken,\@tempa,\@tempb,\@tempc,\@tempcnta, -% \@tempcntb,\@tempdima,\@typeset@protect,\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist, -% \@xobeysp,\check@icr,\color@begingroup,\color@endgroup,\g@addto@macro,\hmode@bgroup, -% \m@ne,\maybe@ic,\maybe@ic@,\nfss@text,\not@math@alphabet,\on@line,\p@,\set@display@protect, +% \@currname,\@defaultunits,\@elt,\@empty,\@@enc@update,\@eqnnum,\@expandtwoargs, +% \@firstofone,\@firstoftwo,\@fontenc@load@list,\@footnotetext,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo, +% \@ifclassloaded,\@ifl@t@r,\@ifl@aded,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded,\@ifstar, +% \@ifundefined,\@item,\@let@token,\@m,\@M,\@makeother,\@minus,\@mpfootnotetext, +% \@nameuse,\@ne,\@newlistfalse,\@nil,\@nnil,\@onelevel@sanitize,\@onlypreamble, +% \@pkgextension,\@plus,\@ptionlist,\@removeelement,\@secondoftwo,\@spaces,\@sptoken, +% \@tempa,\@tempb,\@tempc,\@tempcnta,\@tempcntb,\@tempdima,\@typeset@protect, +% \@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist,\@xobeysp,\check@icr, +% \color@begingroup,\color@endgroup,\g@addto@macro,\hmode@bgroup,\m@ne,\maybe@ic, +% \maybe@ic@,\nfss@text,\not@math@alphabet,\on@line,\p@,\set@display@protect, % \strip@prefix,\strip@pt,\@text@composite,\tw@,\z@,\z@skip,\zap@space, -% \active,\documentclass,\dotfill,\fbox,\fboxrule,\fboxsep,\fmtversion,\footnotesize, -% \leavevmode,\llap,\makeatletter,\makebox,\mathrm,\mbox,\medskip,\newbox,\newcommand, +% \active,\bfseries,\documentclass,\dotfill,\fbox,\fboxrule,\fboxsep,\fmtversion, +% \footnotesize,\huge,\Huge,\itshape,\large,\Large,\LARGE,\leavevmode,\llap, +% \makeatletter,\makebox,\mathrm,\mbox,\mdseries,\medskip,\newbox,\newcommand, % \newcount,\newdimen,\newif,\newline,\newskip,\newtoks,\nobreak,\nonfrenchspacing, % \normalbaselineskip,\normalsize,\numberline,\obeylines,\par,\parbox,\providecommand, -% \quad,\raggedright,\renewcommand,\scalebox,\space,\strut,\textwidth,\texttt,\tiny, -% \tracingnone,\usefont,\AddToHook,\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CheckCommand, +% \quad,\raggedright,\renewcommand,\rmfamily,\scalebox,\sffamily,\scriptsize,\scshape, +% \slshape,\small,\space,\strut,\textwidth,\texttt,\tiny,\tracingnone,\ttfamily, +% \upshape,\usefont,\tiny,\AddToHook,\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CheckCommand, % \CurrentOption,\DeclareOption,\DeclareRobustCommand,\IfFileExists,\IfFormatAtLeastTF, % \InputIfFileExists,\MessageBreak,\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning, % \PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\RawNoindent,\RequirePackage,\UnicodeEncodingName} @@ -3891,8 +3898,9 @@ %\DoNotIndex{\CJK@ifundefined,\CJK@plane,\CJK@temp,\CJK@addcmap} ^^A CJK,CJKutf8 %\DoNotIndex{\color} ^^A color %\DoNotIndex{\csqQQ,\csq@bqgroup,\csq@eqgroup,\@disablequotes} ^^A csquotes -%\DoNotIndex{\ifHy@hyperfootnotes,\hyper@@anchor,\Hy@footnote@currentHref, -% \pdfstringdefDisableCommands,\pdfstringdefWarn} ^^A hyperref +%\DoNotIndex{\hyper@@anchor,\hyper@nopatch@footnote,\Hy@footnote@currentHref, +% \ifHy@hyperfootnotes,\ifHy@implicit,\pdfstringdefDisableCommands, +% \pdfstringdefWarn} ^^A hyperref %\DoNotIndex{\ifpdf,\ifetex,\ifluatex,\ifxetex} ^^A ifpdf/iftex %\DoNotIndex{\@inpenc@undefined@,\IeC,\inputencoding,\inputencodingname} ^^A inputenc %^^A\DoNotIndex{\UTFviii@defined,\UTF@four@octets@noexpand, ^^A inputenc/utf8 @@ -3909,8 +3917,10 @@ %\DoNotIndex{\tikz@expandcount} ^^A tikz %\DoNotIndex{\conditionally@traceoff} ^^A trace %\DoNotIndex{\@xspace,\@xspace@firsttrue} ^^A xspace -%\DoNotIndex{\apptocmd,\gappto,\patchcmd} ^^A etoolbox -%\DoNotIndex{\beamer@@callorigitem,\beamer@callorigitem} ^^A beamer +%\DoNotIndex{\frakfamily,\swabfamily,\gothfamily} ^^A yfonts +%\DoNotIndex{\apptocmd,\gappto,\ifdefmacro,\ifdefparam,\patchcmd} ^^A etoolbox +%\DoNotIndex{\beamer@@callorigitem,\beamer@callorigitem, +% \beamer@framefootnotetext} ^^A beamer %\DoNotIndex{\eqref,\tagform@} ^^A amsmath %\DoNotIndex{\@topic@item} ^^A simplecv %\DoNotIndex{\booknumberline,\chapternumberline,\foottextfont,\partnumberline, @@ -4980,6 +4990,7 @@ \RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] %<*package> ^^X\RequirePackage{etoolbox} +\providecommand\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion} % \end{macrocode} %\begin{macro}{\MT@toks} % We need a token register, @@ -5187,7 +5198,7 @@ %\changes{v2.7}{2017/02/08}{drop \pkg{luatexbase} with recent \LaTeX} % we load the \pkg{luatexbase} package. % \begin{macrocode} -%<lua->\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2016/01/01}\relax{\RequirePackage{luatexbase}} +%<lua->\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2016/01/01}\relax{\RequirePackage{luatexbase}} % \end{macrocode} % We load \pkg{luaotfload}, because some of its functions are % required in \file{microtype.lua}. This eliminates the need for the user to @@ -5197,7 +5208,7 @@ %\changes{v3.0}{2021/03/21}{\letterspace\ loads \file{microtype.lua}} % Since 2017/01/01, it is already loaded in the format. % \begin{macrocode} -%<lua->\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2017/01/01}\relax{\RequirePackage{luaotfload}} +%<lua->\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2017/01/01}\relax{\RequirePackage{luaotfload}} %<letterspace>\MT@pdf@or@lua\relax{ %<letterspace>\ifx\newluafunction\@undefined \input ltluatex \fi %<lua-|letterspace>\MT@lua{require("microtype")} @@ -6232,7 +6243,7 @@ microtype.do_font = do_font % We need the correct value of the former for configuration commands % inside the preamble (to get the default families right). % \begin{macrocode} -\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2020/10/01} +\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2020/10/01} {\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2021/11/15} {\AddToHook{package/fontspec/after}{\MT@fontspectrue}} {\AddToHook{package/after/fontspec}{\MT@fontspectrue}}}\relax @@ -6378,7 +6389,20 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% \MT@with@package@T{csquotes}{% \@ifpackagelater{csquotes}{2005/05/11}{% \g@addto@macro\MT@setupfont@hook\@disablequotes - ^^X\apptocmd\csq@bqgroup{\let\MT@csq@eqgroup\csq@eqgroup}\relax\relax +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/04/05}{disable \pkg{csquotes}'s grouping control for \cs{leftprotrusion} +% (reported by \contributor Ralf Steinle <rasteinle\at web.de> +% and \contributor Denis Bitouz\'e <@\at @>)} +% ^^A https://www.listserv.dfn.de/sympa/arc/tex-d-l/2022-04/msg00010.html +% ^^A also: https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/647223/ +% For \cs{leftprotrusion}, we disable \pkg{csquotes}'s tracking +% of group level and type, because we'll probably be typesetting +% the opening quotes only. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\MT@prot@hook{% + \def\csq@bqgroup{\begingroup\leavevmode + \let\MT@csq@eqgroup\endgroup}% + \let\csq@eqgroup\endgroup}% }{% \MT@warning@nl{% Should you receive warnings about unknown slot\MessageBreak @@ -6754,13 +6778,20 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% \MT@patch@patch\theIEEEsubequationdis{)}{\rightprotrusion{)}}}% {}% % \end{macrocode} -% \item \cmd\eqref\ relies on \cmd\tagform@, so we have to have it +% \item \cmd\eqref\ (\pkg{amsmath}) relies on \cmd\tagform@, so we have to have it % use the original definition. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath} {\MT@patch@patch\tagform@{(}{\leftprotrusion{(}}% \MT@patch@patch\tagform@{)}{\rightprotrusion{)}}% - \MT@patch@patch\eqref{\tagform@}{\@nameuse{MT@patch@saved@\string\tagform@}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The command has been made robust in 2022. +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/21}{protrusion patch \texttt{eqnum}: adjust to robustness of \cmd\eqref\ +% (\LaTeX\ 2022-06-01), cf. \githubissue{19}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \MT@ifdefined@n@TF{eqref } + {\MT@exp@cs\MT@patch@patch{eqref }}{\MT@patch@patch\eqref} + {\tagform@}{\@nameuse{MT@patch@saved@\string\tagform@}}% % \end{macrocode} % \item If the user has altered the tags' appearance via \pkg{mathtools}'s \cmd\newtagform\ % interface, our patch won't have any effect. We don't issue a warning @@ -6790,13 +6821,25 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% %\changes{v3.0}{2021/05/25}{protrusion patch for footnote text}^^A %\changes{v3.0c}{2022/01/21}{protrusion patch \texttt{footnote}: also for minipages}^^A % \begin{itemize} -% \item \pkg{hyperref} also patches this command (but only if |hyperfootnotes=true|) +% \item \pkg{hyperref} also patches this command (but only if |hyperfootnotes=true|, +% |implicit=true| and \cmd\hyper@nopatch@footnote\ is undefined) %\changes{v3.0a}{2021/11/30}{fix protrusion patch \texttt{footnote} with \pkg{hyperref} % (reported by \contributor Liang-Bo Wang <@\at @>) \githubissue{2}} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/13}{fix protrusion patch \texttt{footnote} for \pkg{hyperref} +% with option \texttt{implicit!=false}} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/21}{fix protrusion patch \texttt{footnote} for \pkg{hyperref} +% if \cmd\hyper@nopatch@footnote\ is defined} % \begin{macrocode} \MT@define@patch{footnote}{% \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref} - {\ifHy@hyperfootnotes\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi} + {\MT@if@false + \ifHy@implicit + \ifHy@hyperfootnotes + \MT@ifdefined@c@TF\hyper@nopatch@footnote\relax + \MT@if@true + \fi + \fi + \ifMT@if@\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi} \@secondoftwo {\MT@patch@patch\@footnotetext{\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}% \MT@patch@patch\@footnotetext{\@empty\ignorespaces}{\@empty\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}% @@ -6810,20 +6853,29 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% % \item \cls{memoir} additionally allows footnotes in the margins % \begin{macrocode} {\@ifclassloaded{memoir} - {\MT@patch@patch\@footnotetext{\foottextfont #1}{\foottextfont\leftprotrusion #1}% - \MT@patch@patch\@mpfootnotetext{\foottextfont #1}{\foottextfont\leftprotrusion #1}} - {\MT@patch@patch\@mpfootnotetext{\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}% + {\MT@patch@patch\@footnotetext{\foottextfont #1}{\foottextfont\leftprotrusion #1}% + \MT@patch@patch\@mpfootnotetext{\foottextfont #1}{\foottextfont\leftprotrusion #1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \item \cls{beamer} has it its own way, of course +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/13}{fix protrusion patch \texttt{footnote} with \cls{beamer}} +% \begin{macrocode} + {\@ifclassloaded{beamer} + {\MT@exp@cs\MT@patch@patch{beamerx@\string\beamer@framefootnotetext} + {\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}% + \MT@exp@cs\MT@patch@patch{beamerx@\string\@mpfootnotetext} + {\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}} % \end{macrocode} % \item the <\cls{KOMA}> classes (which load \pkg{scrkbase}) %\changes{v3.0a}{2021/12/02}{fix protrusion patch \texttt{footnote} with <\cls{KOMA}> classes % (reported by \contributor MisterFiLou <@\at @>) \githubissue{2}} % \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{scrkbase} - {\MT@patch@patch\scr@saved@footnotetext{\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}}% + {\@ifpackageloaded{scrkbase} + {\MT@patch@patch\scr@saved@footnotetext{\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}}% % \end{macrocode} % \item the base classes % \begin{macrocode} - {\MT@patch@patch\@footnotetext{\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}}}}% + {\MT@patch@patch\@footnotetext{\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}}% + \MT@patch@patch\@mpfootnotetext{\ignorespaces}{\ignorespaces\leftprotrusion}}}}% }{}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{itemize} @@ -7181,7 +7233,7 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% \csname ifMT@\csname MT@abbr@#1\endcsname\endcsname % \end{macrocode} % Begin with setting micro-typography to true for this font. The -% \cs{MT@checklist@...} tests will set it to false if the property is not in +% |\MT@checklist@...| tests will set it to false if the property is not in % the list. The first non-empty list that does not contain a match will stop us % (except for |font|). % \begin{macrocode} @@ -8069,6 +8121,7 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% \DeclareRobustCommand\noprotrusionifhmode{\relax\ifhmode\kern-\p@\kern\p@\fi} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\ifMT@prot@} %\begin{macro}{\leftprotrusion} %\changes{v3.0}{2021/05/15}{new command} % This command may be used to add protrusion on the left hand side. @@ -8083,10 +8136,13 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\leftprotrusion{% \MT@toks{}% - \MT@prot@get@firstchar + \MT@prot@false + \MT@prot@get@firstgroup } +\newif\ifMT@prot@ % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +%\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@l} %\changes{v3.0b}{2021/12/05}{make \cmd\long\ again % (reported by \contributor Akira Yokosawa <@\at @>) \githubissue{3}} @@ -8126,6 +8182,7 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% % (reported by \contributor florian <@\at @>)}^^A % ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/624171/overfull-vbox-in-list-of-figures-since-miktex-update %\changes{v3.0b}{2021/12/05}{unconditionally \cmd\leavevmode}^^A +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/06/16}{revert \cmd\leavevmode}^^A % We set various penalties to zero to allow linebreaking, and don't % bother if the split box is overfull (but shouldn't we? -- after all, % that's how the penalties bug was discovered~\dots). @@ -8133,29 +8190,29 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% % (reported by \contributor Brian Dunn <@\at @>) \githubissue{14}} % (We no longer reset counters etc., since we don't typeset groups anymore.) %\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@hook} -% Furthermore, we have a hook for compatibility fixes (not used at the moment), +% Furthermore, we have a hook for compatibility fixes (currently used for \pkg{csquotes} only), %\begin{macro}{\MT@csq@eqgroup} %\changes{v3.0c}{2022/01/06}{compatibility for \pkg{csquotes}, again % (reported by \contributor NightShade <@\at @>)} % ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/629068/microtype-quotation-marks-in-itemize-not-aligned-properly-at-begin-of-an-item -% and a command for \pkg{csquotes}'s grouping (because we actually typeset +% and a dedicated command to end \pkg{csquotes}'s group (because we actually typeset % the quote character, instead of disabling quotes altogether (as we suggested % for \githubissue{1}, which was wrong)). +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/04/05}{add \cmd\relax\ (for \pkg{csquotes})} +% Compatibility with \pkg{csquotes} is also the reason for the extra \cmd\relax\ after \meta{\#1}. %\begin{macro}{\MT@noindent} %\changes{v3.0c}{2022/01/14}{use \cmd\RawNoindent, if available \githubissue{8}} % Finally, \LaTeX's new paragraph hooks require special attention, as they're % (currently?) unable to distinguish between real typesetting and trial runs. % In our case, fortunately, we really don't want to trigger the hooks. -% Also, we don't need a \cmd\RawParEnd\ at the end (as suggested in \file{ltpara}), -% I think, as none of our commands are \cmd\long\ anymore. +% Also, as far as I can tell, we don't need a \cmd\RawParEnd\ at the end +% (as suggested in \file{ltpara}), because none of our commands are \cmd\long\ anymore. % \begin{macrocode} \let\MT@prot@hook\@empty \let\MT@csq@eqgroup\relax -\ifx\RawNoindent\@undefined - \let\MT@noindent\noindent -\else - \let\MT@noindent\RawNoindent -\fi +\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2021/11/15} + {\let\MT@noindent\RawNoindent} + {\let\MT@noindent\noindent} \def\MT@get@prot#1#2{% \begingroup \setbox\MT@tempbox\vbox{% @@ -8167,7 +8224,7 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% \interlinepenalty\z@ \@newlistfalse \MT@prot@hook - \MT@noindent #1\MT@csq@eqgroup}% + \MT@noindent #1\relax\MT@csq@eqgroup}% \vbadness=\@M \splittopskip=\z@ \vfuzz=\maxdimen @@ -8179,13 +8236,17 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% \fi }% \endgroup - \leavevmode \ifhbox\MT@tempbox \@tempdima=\@nameuse{#2marginkern}\MT@tempbox\relax \expandafter\ifdim\@tempdima=\z@ \else + \leavevmode \MT@vinfo{|<< adding #2 margin kern for `#1':\MessageBreak \the\@tempdima \on@line}% \kern\@tempdima +%<debug>%\vbox to0pt{\vss\llap{\fbox{% +%<debug>% \MT@ifstreq{#2}{left}{\kern\@tempdima}\relax +%<debug>% \kern-\fboxsep\unhbox\MT@tempbox\kern-\fboxsep +%<debug>% \MT@ifstreq{#2}{right}{\kern\@tempdima}\relax}\hskip\marginparsep}}% \fi \fi } @@ -8212,30 +8273,18 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% %\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@ifmacro} %\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@ifmacro@} -%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@ifmacro@@} % Test whether \meta{\#1} is a macro or an active character % that does not take an argument. -% (inspired by \contributor Joseph Wright <@\at @>). ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/331696/ -% Only works with \etex. +%^^A (inspired by \contributor Joseph Wright <@\at @>). ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/331696/ +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/06/15}{use \pkg{etoolbox} facilities} +% As we're using \pkg{etoolbox} here, this only works with \etex. % \begin{macrocode} -^^X\def\MT@prot@ifmacro{% -^^X \expandafter\MT@prot@ifmacro@\meaning\MT@prot@next\@nil -^^X} -^^X\edef\MT@prot@ifmacro@#1\@nil{% -^^X \noexpand\MT@prot@ifmacro@@#1{}{}\detokenize{macro:->}\noexpand\@nil -^^X} -^^X\edef\MT@temp{% -^^X \def\noexpand\MT@prot@ifmacro@@##1\detokenize{macro:->}##2\noexpand\@nil{% -^^X \noexpand\ifx\relax##1\relax -^^X \unexpanded{\expandafter\@firstofone\else\expandafter\@gobble\fi}% -^^X }% -^^X} -^^X\MT@temp +^^X\def\MT@prot@ifmacro@{% +^^X \ifdefmacro\MT@prot@next{\ifdefparam\MT@prot@next\@gobble\@firstofone}\@gobble} ^^Q\let\MT@prot@ifmacro\@gobble % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} %\end{macro} -%\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@iffirstcmd} % Test whether the first token in \cs{MT@prot@next} (once expanded) is the % command \meta{\#1}. Since \cs{MT@prot@next} may also be user-defined (or @@ -8273,22 +8322,48 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempa \expandafter\MT@getthird\MT@prot@next\relax\@nil \MT@exp@two@c\ifx\@car\@tempa\relax\@nil\@text@composite - \def\MT@temp*##1##2{\MT@prot@l{##1##2}}% + \def\MT@temp*##1##2{\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks##1##2}}% \else - \def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@prot@l{##1}}% + \def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks##1}}% \fi - \@gobble - }\@firstofone + \MT@tlist@break + }\relax +} +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@enc@list} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/06/09}{new macro: no more guesswork about encodings} +% The list of all loaded font encodings. For \LaTeX\ formats older than +% 2020/02/11 (before \cmd\@fontenc@load@list\ was introduced), we don't +% bother doing any guesswork (like \pkg{babel} used to do). Also, we +% don't consider the older <EU1>/<EU2> encodings. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<pdf-|lua-|xe->\def\MT@enc@list +%<pdf-> {{T1}{OT1}} +%<lua-|xe-> {{TU}} +%<*package> +\MT@addto@setup{% + \ifx\@fontenc@load@list\@undefined \else + \def\@elt#1{,#1,}% + \edef\@tempa{\@fontenc@load@list}% + \MT@map@clist@c\@tempa{% + \MT@ifempty{#1}\relax{% + \MT@in@tlist{#1}\MT@enc@list + \ifMT@inlist@\else\edef\MT@enc@list{\MT@enc@list{#1}}\fi + }% + }% + \fi } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} -%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@group} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@addgroup} %\changes{v3.0a}{2021/11/20}{rescan grouped material to allow \texttt{verbatim} etc. % (reported by \contributor Torsten Schuetze <torsten.schuetze\at gmx.net>)} % ^^A private mail, 2021/11/18 % ^^A also on the non-public dante-ev mailing list: https://lists.dante.de/mailman/listinfo/dante-ev -% If we have a group, we inject \cs{MT@prot@get@firstchar} at the -% beginning again and don't bother about the rest. This still allows, +% If we have a group, we inject \cs{MT@prot@get@firsttoken} at the +% beginning and don't bother about the rest. This still allows, % \eg, |\verb|, |verbatim| or |lstlistings| material. % The downside of being this cautious is that we'll miss lots of cases. %\changes{v3.0b}{2021/12/05}{don't rescan anymore @@ -8296,75 +8371,158 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% % and \contributor theufman <@\at @>) \githubissue{3,4}} %\changes{v3.0d}{2022/02/26}{no brace delimiting % (reported by \contributor Nelson Lago <@\at @>) \githubissue{10}} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/06/16}{only add group if very first token} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT@prot@group{\bgroup\afterassignment\MT@prot@get@firstchar\let\MT@temp= } +\def\MT@prot@addgroup{\bgroup\afterassignment\MT@prot@get@firsttoken\let\MT@temp= } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} -%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@firstchar} -%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@nextchar} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@firstgroup} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@firsttoken} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@nexttoken} % Scan token by token. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT@prot@get@firstchar{\futurelet\MT@prot@next\MT@prot@get@first@char} -\def\MT@prot@get@nextchar{\futurelet\MT@prot@next\MT@prot@get@next@char} +\def\MT@prot@get@firstgroup{\futurelet\MT@prot@next\MT@prot@get@first@group} +\def\MT@prot@get@firsttoken{\futurelet\MT@prot@next\MT@prot@get@first@token} +\def\MT@prot@get@nexttoken{\futurelet\MT@prot@next\MT@prot@get@next@token} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\end{macro} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@check} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@check@} +% We map through a list of commands that should be copied into the toks. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@check#1{\MT@prot@check@#1} +\def\MT@prot@check@#1#2{% + \ifx\MT@prot@next#2% + \MT@prot@true + \csname MT@prot@check@#1\endcsname + \let\MT@prot@ifmacro\@gobble + \expandafter\MT@tlist@break + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@check@I} +% This is for commands to be \textbf{I}gnored. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@check@I{% + \def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@prot@get@firsttoken}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@check@S} +% Add a \textbf{S}ingle command (without an argument). +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@check@S{% + \def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@toks\expandafter{\the\MT@toks##1}\MT@prot@get@firsttoken}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@check@X} +% Add a command with \textbf{O}ne argument. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@check@O{% + \def\MT@temp*##1##2{\MT@toks\expandafter{\the\MT@toks##1{##2}}\MT@prot@get@firsttoken}% +} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@check@T} +% Add a command with \textbf{T}wo arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@check@T{% + \def\MT@temp*##1##2##3{\MT@toks\expandafter{\the\MT@toks##1{##2}{##3}}\MT@prot@get@firsttoken}% +} +% \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} -%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@first@char} -% If next char is |{|, treat what follows as an argument, else continue until +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@check@cmds} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/06/09}{new macro: make list of commands extensible} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/13}{ignore \cmd\@empty} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/06/15}{add standard font selection commands} +% Here's the list of commands to be added to our toks. +% We'll postpone the handling of commands whose argument would have +% to be processed (\eg, \cmd\textrm). +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@check@cmds{% + {I\ignorespaces}{I\relax}{I\@empty}% + {S\rmfamily}{S\sffamily}{S\ttfamily}{S\mdseries}{S\bfseries}% + {S\upshape}{S\slshape}{S\itshape}{S\scshape}% + {S\normalfont}{S\selectfont}% + {S\tiny}{S\scriptsize}{S\footnotesize}{S\small}{S\normalsize}% + {S\large}{S\Large}{S\LARGE}{S\huge}{S\Huge}% + {O\fontencoding}{O\fontfamily}{O\fontseries}{O\fontshape}% + {T\fontsize}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% If \pkg{yfonts} is loaded, we add the relevant commands (again, those that +% don't take an argument). +% \begin{macrocode} +\MT@addto@setup{% + \MT@with@package@T{yfonts} + {\g@addto@macro\MT@prot@check@cmds{{S\frakfamily}{S\swabfamily}{S\gothfamily}}}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@first@group} +% If next char is |{|, start a group and try again, else continue until % we find a beginning char. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT@prot@get@first@char{% +\def\MT@prot@get@first@group{% \MT@prot@ifcat\bgroup{% - \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@group}% + \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@addgroup}% + }{% + \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@get@first@token}% + }% + \MT@temp*% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@first@token} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/06/15}{don't gobble previously captured content} +% This can be called repeatedly. +% We add a letter or other character, \dots +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@get@first@token{% + \def\MT@temp*{\ifMT@prot@\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks}\fi}% + \MT@prot@ifcat{a}{% + \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@addtoken@first}% }{% - \MT@prot@ifx\ignorespaces{% - \def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@prot@get@firstchar}% + \MT@prot@ifcat{!}{% + \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@addtoken@first}% }{% - \MT@prot@ifx\relax{% - \def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@prot@get@firstchar}% +% \end{macrocode} +% a space character, \dots +% \begin{macrocode} + \MT@prot@ifx\@sptoken{% + \def\MT@temp* {\MT@prot@get@firsttoken}% }{% - \MT@prot@ifx\@sptoken{% - \def\MT@temp* {\MT@prot@get@firstchar}% - }{% % \end{macrocode} -% But only add it if it's a letter or a character, \dots +% commands, \dots % \begin{macrocode} - \MT@prot@ifcat{a}{% - \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@addtoken@first}% + \let\MT@prot@ifmacro\MT@prot@ifmacro@ + \MT@map@tlist@c\MT@prot@check@cmds\MT@prot@check +% \end{macrocode} +% \dots~or a command/active char whose first command is one of the following. +% \begin{macrocode} + \MT@prot@ifmacro{% + \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\UTFviii@two@octets{% + \def\MT@temp*##1##2{\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks##1##2}}% }{% - \MT@prot@ifcat{!}{% - \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@addtoken@first}% + \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\UTFviii@three@octets{% + \def\MT@temp*##1##2##3{\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks##1##2##3}}% }{% + \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\UTFviii@four@octets{% + \def\MT@temp*##1##2##3##4{\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks##1##2##3##4}}% + }{% % \end{macrocode} -% \dots~or a command/active char whose first command is one of the below. +% (this is for \pkg{csquotes}) % \begin{macrocode} - \def\MT@temp*{}% - \MT@prot@ifmacro{% - \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\UTFviii@two@octets{% - \def\MT@temp*##1##2{\MT@prot@l{##1##2}}% - }{% - \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\UTFviii@three@octets{% - \def\MT@temp*##1##2##3{\MT@prot@l{##1##2##3}}% - }{% - \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\UTFviii@four@octets{% - \def\MT@temp*##1##2##3##4{\MT@prot@l{##1##2##3##4}}% - }{% + \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\csqQQ{\def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks##1}}}{% % \end{macrocode} -% (this is for \pkg{csquotes}) +% or, finally, a <LICR> command. % \begin{macrocode} - \MT@prot@iffirstcmd\csqQQ{\def\MT@temp*##1{\MT@prot@l{##1}}}{% - \MT@prot@iflicrcmd{T1}{% - \MT@prot@iflicrcmd{TU}{% - \MT@prot@iflicrcmd{LY1}{% - \MT@prot@iflicrcmd{OT1}{% - \MT@prot@iflicrcmd{T2A}\relax % should we add more encodings? - }% - }% - }% - }% - }% - }% - }% + \MT@map@tlist@c\MT@enc@list\MT@prot@iflicrcmd }% }% }% @@ -8377,10 +8535,19 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} -%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@ifx} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@addtoken@first} +% Begin filling toks. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\MT@prot@addtoken@first#1{% + \MT@toks\expandafter{\the\MT@toks#1}% + \MT@prot@get@nexttoken +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@get@next@token} % Continue if letter or other. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT@prot@get@next@char{% +\def\MT@prot@get@next@token{% \def\MT@temp*{\MT@prot@addtoken@next}% \MT@prot@ifcat{a}\relax{% \MT@prot@ifcat{!}\relax{% @@ -8389,15 +8556,6 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% }% \MT@temp*% } -% \end{macrocode} -%\end{macro} -%\begin{macro}{\MT@prot@addtoken@first} -% Begin filling toks. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\MT@prot@addtoken@first#1{% - \edef\MT@temp{\MT@toks={\the\MT@toks\noexpand#1}}\MT@temp - \MT@prot@get@nextchar -} %</package> % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} @@ -8408,12 +8566,12 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% % \begin{macrocode} %<*pdf-|lua-|xe-> \def\MT@prot@addtoken@next#1{% - \edef\MT@temp{\MT@toks={\the\MT@toks\noexpand#1}}\MT@temp + \MT@toks\expandafter{\the\MT@toks#1}% \setbox\MT@tempbox\hbox{\the\MT@toks %<pdf-|xe-> \relax %<lua-> }\setbox\MT@tempbox\hbox{\unhbox\MT@tempbox \ifnum\lastnodetype=7 \aftergroup\@firstoftwo\else\aftergroup\@secondoftwo\fi}% - \MT@prot@get@nextchar + \MT@prot@get@nexttoken {\MT@prot@l{\the\MT@toks}}% } %</pdf-|lua-|xe-> @@ -8939,7 +9097,7 @@ time will almost certainly lead to undesired results. Have your choice!}% %<*pdf-> \MT@requires@pdftex8\@firstofone{% \MT@ifdefined@n@TF{\MT@@font-fake6}{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname\MT@@font-fake6\endcsname\@empty + \MT@exp@cs\ifx{\MT@@font-fake6}\@empty \MT@warning@nl{% Font `\MT@@font' does not specify its\MessageBreak \@backslashchar fontdimen 6 (width of an `em')! Therefore,\MessageBreak @@ -10806,6 +10964,7 @@ end % \begin{macrocode} \MT@ifdefined@c@T\PrerenderUnicode {\PrerenderUnicode{\@tempa}\let\unicode@charfilter\@firstofone}% + \MT@is@active@hook{#1}% % \end{macrocode} % The \cmd\expandafter\ hocus-pocus should please \pkg{newunicodechar}. %\changes{v2.7a}{2017/11/25}{compatibility with \pkg{newunicodechar} @@ -10826,6 +10985,62 @@ end } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +%\begin{macro}{\MT@is@active@hook} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/22}{hook for active chars} +% Test for these packages only once (requires \pkg{etoolbox}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\MT@is@active@hook\@gobble +^^Q\@gobble +{\catcode`\#=12 +\MT@addto@setup{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If a char has been made active by \pkg{listings}'s \cmd\lstMakeShortInline, +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/21}{fix for \pkg{listings}'s \cmd\lstMakeShortInline\ +% (reported by \contributor Denis Bitouz\'e <@\at @>)} +% ^^A https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/644665/lstmakeshortinline-fails-with-some-characters-when-luatex-ja-and-microtype-are +% we need to retrieve the original meaning, or else make sure that we're +% seeing a non-active char. +% \begin{macrocode} + \MT@with@package@T{listings}{% + \apptocmd\MT@is@active@hook{% + \MT@ifdefined@n@T{lst@ShortInlineOldCatcode\string#1}{% + \catcode`#1=\csname lst@ShortInlineOldCatcode\string#1\endcsname\relax + \ifnum\catcode`#1=\active + \begingroup + \catcode`\~\active \lccode`\~`#1% + \lowercase{\endgroup + \MT@let@cn~{lst@ShortInlineOldMeaning\string#1}}% + \else + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \fi + }% + }{}{}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Same for \cmd\MakeShortVerb\ of \pkg{doc}/\pkg{shortvrb} (and implicitly \cls{memoir}). +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/22}{fix for \pkg{doc}/\pkg{shortvrb}'s \cmd\MakeShortVerb} +% \begin{macrocode} + \MT@if@false + \MT@with@package@T{doc}\MT@if@true + \MT@with@package@T{shortvrb}\MT@if@true + \ifMT@if@\expandafter\@firstofone\else\expandafter\@gobble\fi{% + \apptocmd\MT@is@active@hook{% + \MT@ifdefined@n@T{cc\string#1}{% + \catcode`#1=\csname cc\string#1\endcsname\relax + \ifnum\catcode`#1=\active + \begingroup + \catcode`\~\active \lccode`\~`#1% + \lowercase{\endgroup + \MT@let@cn~{ac\string#1}}% + \else + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \fi + }% + }{}{}% + }% +}} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} %\begin{macro}{\MT@undefined@char} % For characters not defined in the current input encoding. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -10837,7 +11052,7 @@ end % Instead of simply expanding |\|\meta{command}, we construct the command % |\|\meta{encoding}|\|\meta{command} and see whether its meaning is % \cmd\char|"|\meta{hex number}, which is the case for everything that has -% been defined with \cmd\DeclareTextSymbol in the encoding definition files. +% been defined with \cmd\DeclareTextSymbol\ in the encoding definition files. %\changes{v2.0}{2006/09/15}{made even more robust} % \begin{macrocode} \def\MT@is@symbol{% @@ -10886,8 +11101,7 @@ end \def\MT@is@opt@char#1\iffontchar#2\char#3\else#4\fi\relax{% \MT@ifempty{#1}{% \iffontchar#2% - \expandafter\chardef - \csname\MT@encoding\MT@detokenize@c\@tempa\endcsname=#3\relax + \MT@exp@cs\chardef{\MT@encoding\MT@detokenize@c\@tempa}=#3\relax \fi }\relax } @@ -11047,7 +11261,7 @@ end % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % [What about math? Well, for a moment the following looked like a solution, with -% \cs{mt@is@mathchar} defined accordingly, analogous to \cs{MT@is@char} above, +% \cmd\mt@is@mathchar\ defined accordingly, analogous to \cs{MT@is@char} above, % to pick up the last two tokens (the \cmd\meaning\ of a \cmd\mathchardef'ed % command expands to its hexadecimal notation): %\begin{verbatim} @@ -11814,7 +12028,7 @@ end %\changes{v2.7a}{2017/11/17}{test whether \cmd{\...default} is defined} % \begin{macrocode} \MT@ifdefined@n@TF{\@tempa default}% - {\edef\MT@val{\expandafter\noexpand\csname \@tempa default\endcsname}}% + {\edef\MT@val{\MT@exp@cs\noexpand{\@tempa default}}}% {\MT@warning{`\@backslashchar\@tempa default' is not a defined command.\MessageBreak Ignoring `#1 = {\@tempa*}' in font set\MessageBreak`\MT@curr@set@name'}% \let\MT@val\@empty}% @@ -14551,7 +14765,7 @@ end % \begin{macrocode} \MT@ifdefined@n@TF{showhyphens }{% \def\MT@temp##1##2{% - \expandafter\CheckCommand\csname showhyphens \endcsname[1]{##1}% + \MT@exp@cs\CheckCommand{showhyphens }[1]{##1}% \DeclareRobustCommand\showhyphens[1]{##2}}% }{% \def\MT@temp##1##2{% @@ -15204,9 +15418,9 @@ end % The \pkg{newtx} package, a replacement for \pkg{txfonts}. %\changes{v2.7}{2017/02/25}{declare aliases for \pkg{newtx}} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{ntxlf}{ptmx} % newtxtext -\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{ntxosf}{ptmj} % " -\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{ntxtlf}{ptmx} % " +\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{ntxlf} {ptmx} % newtxtext +\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{ntxtlf} {ptmx} % " +\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{ntxosf} {ptmj} % " \DeclareMicrotypeAlias{ntxtosf}{ptmj} % " % \end{macrocode} % The \pkg{tempora} package. @@ -15221,12 +15435,17 @@ end \DeclareMicrotypeAlias{STEP-TLF} {ptmx} % step \DeclareMicrotypeAlias{STEP-TOsF}{ptmj} % " % \end{macrocode} -% The \pkg{stix} and \pkg{stix2} packages (the latter has departed a bit from being -% a Times clone, but still seems close enough). +% The \pkg{stix}, \pkg{stix2} and \pkg{stickstoo} packages (the latter two have departed a bit from being +% a Times clone, but still seem close enough). %\changes{v2.8}{2020/05/31}{declare aliases for \pkg{stix} and \pkg{stix2} fonts} +%\changes{v3.0e}{2022/05/23}{declare aliases for \pkg{stickstoo} fonts} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareMicrotypeAlias{stix} {ptm} % stix \DeclareMicrotypeAlias{stix2}{ptm} % stix2 +\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{SticksTooText-LF} {ptmx} +\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{SticksTooText-TLF} {ptmx} +\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{SticksTooText-OsF} {ptmj} +\DeclareMicrotypeAlias{SticksTooText-TOsF}{ptmj} % \end{macrocode} %\todo{check Times variants} % More Times variants, to be checked: |pns|, |mns| (TimesNewRomanPS); |mnt| @@ -19773,7 +19992,7 @@ This is the current font stretched by 5\%, normal, and shrunk by 5\%: % Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % -% \CheckSum{12387} +% \CheckSum{12609} % % \Finale % diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf Binary files differindex 3221ede900..2d895f24f7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/LISEZMOI.md b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/LISEZMOI.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f3b064cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/LISEZMOI.md @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- Time-stamp: <2022-06-19 17:54:55 Yvon Henel (TdS)> --> + +# simples-matrices + +Auteur: Yvon Henel, alias _Le TeXnicien de surface_ +([contact](le.texnicien.de.surface@yvon-henel.fr)) + +## LICENCE + +Le contenu de cette archive est placé sous la « LaTeX Project Public License ». +Voir http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3c +pour la licence. + +© 2022 Yvon Henel (Le TeXnicien de surface) + +## Description de l’extension + +Cette extension fournit des commandes pour définir et écrire des +matrices en donnant leurs coefficients, par ligne, dans une liste de +valeurs séparées par des virgules. + +## Historique + +* Version 1.0 — 2022-06-19 — Première version publique diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/MANIFEST.md b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/MANIFEST.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e24dad4644 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/MANIFEST.md @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# Manifest for simples-matrices + +This file is a listing of all files considered to be part of this package. +It is automatically generated with `l3build manifest`. + + +## Repository manifest + +The following groups list the files included in the development repository of the package. +Files listed with a ‘†’ marker are included in the TDS but not CTAN files, and files listed +with ‘‡’ are included in both. + +### Source files + +These are source files for a number of purposes, including the `unpack` process which +generates the installation files of the package. Additional files included here will also +be installed for processing such as testing. + +* simples-matrices.dtx ‡ +* simples-matrices.ins ‡ + +### Typeset documentation source files + +These files are typeset using LaTeX to produce the PDF documentation for the package. + +* simples-matrices.dtx ‡ + +### Documentation files + +These files form part of the documentation but are not typeset. Generally they will be +additional input files for the typeset documentation files listed above. + +* LISEZMOI.md ‡ +* MANIFEST.md ‡ +* README.md ‡ + +### Text files + +Plain text files included as documentation or metadata. + +* LISEZMOI.md ‡ +* MANIFEST.md ‡ +* README.md ‡ + +### Derived files + +The files created by ‘unpacking’ the package sources. This typically includes +`.sty` and `.cls` files created from DocStrip `.dtx` files. + +* simples-matrices.sty †+ +### Typeset documents + +The output files (PDF, essentially) from typesetting the various source, demo, +etc., package files. + +* simples-matrices.pdf ‡ + + +## TDS manifest + +The following groups list the files included in the TeX Directory Structure used to install +the package into a TeX distribution. + +### Source files (TDS) + +All files included in the `simples-matrices/source` directory. + +* simples-matrices.dtx +* simples-matrices.ins + +### TeX files (TDS) + +All files included in the `simples-matrices/tex` directory. + +* simples-matrices.sty + +### Doc files (TDS) + +All files included in the `simples-matrices/doc` directory. + +* LISEZMOI.md +* MANIFEST.md +* README.md +* simples-matrices-eng.pdf +* simples-matrices-fra.pdf +* simples-matrices.pdf + + +## CTAN manifest + +The following group lists the files included in the CTAN package. + +### CTAN files + +* LISEZMOI.md +* MANIFEST.md +* README.md +* simples-matrices-eng.pdf +* simples-matrices-fra.pdf +* simples-matrices.dtx +* simples-matrices.ins +* simples-matrices.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e06d4a1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- Time-stamp: <2022-06-19 17:54:49 Yvon Henel (TdS)> --> + +# simples-matrices + +Author: Yvon Henel, aka Le TeXnicien de surface +([contact](le.texnicien.de.surface@yvon-henel.fr)) + +## LICENCE + +This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. +See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3c +for the details of that license. + +© 2022 Yvon Henel (Le TeXnicien de surface) + +## Description of the Package + +This package provides macros to define and write matrices the +coefficients of which are given, row by row, in a list of values +separated by commas. + +## History + +* Version 1.0 — 2022-06-19 — First public version + + diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices-eng.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices-eng.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdc2813d48 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices-eng.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices-fra.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices-fra.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b6cd4e15e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices-fra.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.dtx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d62833e3a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,1583 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +%% File: simples-matrices.dtx +%% Copyright (C) 2022 Yvon Henel aka Le TeXnicien de surface +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +% +%<*driver|package|doc> +\RequirePackage{expl3}[2020/01/12] +\GetIdInfo$Id: simples-matrices.dtx 1.0 2022-06-19 TdS $ + {} +%</driver|package|doc> +%<*driver> +\documentclass[full]{l3doc} +% \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{amsmath} +\usepackage[french,main=english]{babel} +\usepackage{simples-matrices} +\usepackage{xspace} +\usepackage{csquotes} + +\providecommand\darg[3]{ \texttt{#1} \meta{#2} \texttt{#3} } + +\begin{document} + \DocInput{\jobname.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \title{^^A +% The \pkg{simples-matrices} package^^A +% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion, last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A +% } +% +% \author{^^A +% Yvon Henel\thanks^^A +% {^^A +% E-mail: +% \href{mailto:le.texnicien.de.surface@yvon-henel.fr} +% {le.texnicien.de.surface@yvon-henel.fr}^^A +% }^^A +% } +% +% \date{Released \ExplFileDate} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \changes{v1.0}{2022/06/08}{First public +% version.\foreignlanguage{french}{\emph{Première version publique.}}} +% +% \thispagestyle{empty} +% +% \noindent\hrulefill +% +% \begin{otherlanguage}{french} +% \begin{abstract} +% Cette extension fournit des commandes pour définir et écrire des matrices en +% donnant leurs coefficients, par ligne, dans une vliste (liste de valeurs +% séparées par des virgules). +% +% La documentation française pour l'utilisateur de l'extension +% \pkg{simples-matrices} est disponible sous le nom de +% \texttt{simples-matrices-fra}. +% \end{abstract} +% \end{otherlanguage} +% +% \noindent\hrulefill +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package provides macros to define and write matrices the coefficients +% of which are given, row by row, in a clist (list of values separated by +% commas). +% +% The English documentation for the final user of the package +% \pkg{simples-matrices} is available in the file +% \texttt{simples-matrices-eng}. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \noindent\hrulefill +% +% \begin{documentation} +% +% +%\section{Summary of Syntax of Document Commands} +%\label{sec:summary} +% +% +% +% \begin{function}{\matrice} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{matrice}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\oarg{type}\marg{clist of coefficients} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\declarermatrice} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{declarermatrice*}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\marg{matrix name}\oarg{type}\marg{clist of coefficients} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\lamatrice} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{lamatrice}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\marg{matrix name} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\MatriceInterieur} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{MatriceInterieur} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\LaMatriceInterieur} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{LaMatriceInterieur}\marg{matrix name} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\simplesmatricessetup} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{simplesmatricessetup}\marg{clist of key-value pairs} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\matid} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{matid}\oarg{diagonal coefficient, default \(1\)}\marg{size of the square matrix} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\matnulle} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{matid}\oarg{diagonal coefficient, default \(0\)}\marg{size of the square matrix} +% \end{syntax} +% \end{function} +% +% \end{documentation} +% +% \iffalse +%<*doc> +\documentclass[full]{l3doc} +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +%<FRA>\usepackage[english,main=french]{babel} +%<ENG>\usepackage[french,main=english]{babel} +\usepackage{xparse} +\usepackage{simples-matrices} +\newcommand\BOP{\discretionary{}{}{}} +\usepackage{xspace} +\usepackage{csquotes} +\usepackage{fancyvrb,fancyvrb-ex} +\usepackage{mathtools} +\usepackage{delarray} +\usepackage{nicematrix} + +\providecommand\darg[3]{ \texttt{#1} \meta{#2} \texttt{#3} } + +\newcommand{\UnExemple}{% + \par \medskip \par \noindent + \begin{minipage}[c]{0.58\linewidth} + \VerbatimInput[gobble=0, frame=single]{code00.tex} + \end{minipage} + \hspace{\stretch{1}} + \begin{minipage}[c]{0.38\linewidth} + \input{code00} + \end{minipage} + \par \medskip} + +\begin{document} +%<*FRA> +\title{Guide de l'utilisateur de \pkg{simples-matrices}\thanks{Ce fichier décrit + la version~\ExplFileVersion, dernière révision~\ExplFileDate.\\ + \emph{En souvenir de ma grand-mère maternelle}, Adrienne \textsc{Binaut} + (1908-03-23 -- 1997-06-08).} } +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +\title{\pkg{simples-matrices} user guide\thanks{This file describes + version~\ExplFileVersion, last revised~\ExplFileDate.\\ + \emph{In memory of my maternal grandmother} Adrienne \textsc{Binaut} + (1908-03-23 -- 1997-06-08).} } +%</ENG> +\author{Yvon Henel\thanks{E-mail: + \href{mailto:le.texnicien.de.surface@yvon-henel.fr} + {le.texnicien.de.surface@yvon-henel.fr}}} +\maketitle +\noindent\hrulefill + +\begin{abstract} +%<*FRA> +Une extension pour écrire des matrices en donnant les coefficients par ligne +sous la forme d'une liste de valeurs séparées par des virgules. + +Une macro permet de définir des matrices nommées et une autre permet d'écrire +les matrices nommées. L'extension fournit également quelques raccourcis pour les +matrices identité et les matrices nulles. +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +A package to write matrices which are defined with a list of comma separated +coefficients read by row. + +A macro enables the definition of a named matrix, another enables the writing of +a named matrix. This package provides also some shortcuts for identity matrices +and null matrices. + +The name of this package and of its macros are French based for there are +already too many macros using the word ``matrix'' itself. The French +``\foreignlanguage{french}{simples matrices}'' means ``simple +matrices''. \emph{Just a letter apart!} +%</ENG> +\end{abstract} + +\noindent\hrulefill + +%<FRA> \begin{otherlanguage}{english} +%<ENG> \begin{otherlanguage}{french} +\begin{abstract} +%<*FRA> +A package to write matrices which are defined with a list of comma separated +coefficients read by row. + +A macro enables the definition of a named matrix, another enables the writing of +a named matrix. This package provides also some shortcuts for identity matrices +and null matrices. + +The name of this package and of its macros are French based for there are +already too many macros using the word ``matrix'' itself. The French +``\foreignlanguage{french}{simples matrices}'' means ``simple +matrices''. \emph{Just a letter apart!} + +The English documentation for the final user of the package +\pkg{simples-matrices} is available in the file \texttt{simples-matrices-eng}. +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +Une extension pour écrire des matrices en donnant les coefficients par ligne +sous la forme d'une liste de valeurs séparées par des virgules. + +Une macro permet de définir des matrices nommées et une autre permet d'écrire +les matrices nommées. L'extension fournit également quelques raccourcis pour les +matrices identité et les matrices nulles. + + +La documentation française pour l'utilisateur de l'extension +\pkg{simples-matrices} est disponible sous le nom de \texttt{simples-matrices-fra}. +%</ENG> +\end{abstract} +\end{otherlanguage} + +\noindent\hrulefill + +\tableofcontents{} + +\vspace{3\baselineskip} + + +%<*ENG> +The package \pkg{simples-matrices} requires \pkg{xparse} and \pkg{l3keys2e} used +to define macros and manage key-options. It loads \pkg{amsmath} as well for +ensuring a correct presentation of matrices. + +\textbf{Beware}: you have to provide the suitable mathematical environment to +use the macros which print a matrix. Only the unstarred version of +\cs{declarermatrice} may be used outside math-mode. + +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +L'extension \pkg{simples-matrices} utilise \pkg{xparse} et \pkg{l3keys2e} pour +définir ses macros et gérer les clés d'option. Elle charge également +\pkg{amsmath} pour obtenir une présentation convenable des matrices. + +\textbf{Attention}: vous devez fournir l'environnement mathématique adéquat pour +utiliser les macros qui écrivent les matrices. Seule la version non-étoilée de +\cs{declarermatrice} peut être utilisée en dehors du mode mathématique. +%</FRA> + +%<*ENG> +\section{The Macros} +\label{sec:macros} + +\pkg{simples-matrices} offers six main document macros. + +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\section{Les macros} +\label{sec:macros} + +L'extension \pkg{simples-matrices} offre six macros de document. + +%</FRA> + +%<*ENG> +\subsection{Main Macros} +\label{sec:main} + +This package has five main document macros viz. +\begin{function}{\matrice} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{matrice}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\oarg{type}\marg{clist of coefficients} + \end{syntax} + where \meta{prefix} has the same meaning as the key \texttt{prefix}; + \meta{clist of key-value pairs}, optional and void by default, can be used to + redefined the matrix-like environment; \meta{type} is a string of character + the usage of which is explained later ---see \ref{sec:matrix-type}--- and + \meta{clist of coefficients} is a clist of the coefficients of the matrix + given by row order. + + The French \emph{matrice} means ``matrix''. + + With \verb+\(\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4}\)+ we obtain \(\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4}\). + + With \verb+\(\matrice(b)[3]{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}\)+ + we obtain \(\matrice(b)[3]{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}\). + +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\declarermatrice} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{declarermatrice*}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\marg{matrix name}\oarg{type}\marg{clist of coefficients} + \end{syntax} + where \meta{matrix name} is the name of the matrix to be used afterwards. The + other arguments, optional or mandatory, have the same meaning than above. The + starred version defines and prints the matrix. The unstarred version only + defines it. + + The definition is global but one can redefine an existing named matrix with + the same function. \textbf{No check is done} to ensure that one is not + redefining a previously defined matrix. + + The French \emph{déclarer une matrice} means ``declare a matrix''. + +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\lamatrice} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{lamatrice}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\marg{matrix name} + \end{syntax} + prints the previously defined matrix the name of which is given by + \meta{matrix name}. The two optional arguments have the meaning as before. + + The French \emph{la matrice} means ``the matrix''. +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\MatriceInterieur} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{MatriceInterieur} + \end{syntax} + gives the inner part of the last printed ---via \cs{matrice}--- or defined + ---via \cs{declarermatrice}--- matrix. It can be used inside an + \env{array}-like environment. + + The French should be \emph{\foreignlanguage{french}{intérieur de la matrice}} + which means ``inside of the matrix''. What is implicit is the adjective + ``anonymous''. For named matrix see below. +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\LaMatriceInterieur} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{LaMatriceInterieur}\marg{matrix name} + \end{syntax} + gives the inner part of the matrix with name \meta{matrix name}. It can be + used inside an \env{array}-like environment. + + Again false French but the parallel with \cs{lamatrice} should suggest that, + now, the matrix has a name and we have to use it. +\end{function} + +See examples on page~\pageref{sec:examples}. +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\subsection{Macros principales} +\label{sec:principales} + +Les cinq macros principales de document sont les suivantes: + +\begin{function}{\matrice} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{matrice}\parg{prefixe}\darg{\string<}{vliste de paires de clé-valeur}{\string>}\oarg{type}\marg{vliste des coefficients} + \end{syntax} + où \meta{prefixe} a la même fonction que la clé \texttt{prefix}; \meta{vliste + de paires de clé-valeur}, optionnel et vide par défaut, peut être utiliser + pour redéfinit l'environnement de type \texttt{matrix}; + \meta{type} est une chaine de caractère dont l'utilisation sera expliquée + ci-dessous --- voir~\ref{sec:matrix-type} --- et \meta{vliste des + coefficients} est la vliste des coefficients de la matrice donnés ligne par + ligne. + + Avec \verb+\(\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4}\)+ on obtient \(\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4}\). + + Avec \verb+\(\matrice(b)[3]{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}\)+ + on obtient \(\matrice(b)[3]{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}\). + +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\declarermatrice} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{declarermatrice*}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{vliste de paires de clé-valeur}{\string>}\marg{nom}\oarg{type}\marg{vliste des coefficients} + \end{syntax} + où \meta{nom} est le nom de la matrice pour utilisation future. Les autres + arguments, optionnels ou obligatoires, ont la même signification que + ci-dessus. La version étoilée définit et écrit la matrice. La version + non-étoilée ne fait que la définir. + + La définition est global mais on peut redéfinir une matrice nommée existante + avec la même fonction. \textbf{Aucun contrôle} n'est exercé pour s'assurer que + l'on n'est pas en train de redéfinir une matrice nommée précédemment définie. +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\lamatrice} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{lamatrice}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{vliste de paires de clé-valeur}{\string>}\marg{matrix name} + \end{syntax} + écrit la matrice nommée de nom \meta{nom}. + Les deux arguments optionnels ont la même signification que ci-dessus. +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\MatriceInterieur} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{MatriceInterieur} + \end{syntax} + donne l'intérieur de la dernière matrice écrite --- via \cs{matrice} --- ou + définie --- via \cs{declarermatrice}. On peut l'utiliser dans un environnement + du genre \env{array}. +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\LaMatriceInterieur} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{LaMatriceInterieur}\marg{nom} + \end{syntax} + donne l'intérieur de la matrice de nom \meta{nom}. On peut l'utiliser dans un + environnement du genre \env{array}. +\end{function} + + +Voir les exemples en page~\pageref{sec:exemples}. +%</FRA> + +%<*ENG> +\subsection{Setting the Keys} +\label{sec:setting-keys} + +One can change the values of the keys of \pkg{simples-matrices} with +\begin{function}{\simplesmatricessetup} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{simplesmatricessetup}\marg{clist of key-value pairs} + \end{syntax} + where \meta{clist of key-value pairs} is the usual clist of key-value pairs + setting one or many of the three keys of the package as presented on + page~\pageref{sec:keys}. + + To stick to established convention the name of this macro is created from the + name of the package (reduced to \TeX{} letters) followed by \emph{setup}. I + apologize for that strange linguistic mixture. + +\end{function} +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\subsection{Valuer les clés} +\label{sec:setting-keys} + +On peut changer les valeurs des clés de \pkg{simples-matrices} avec +\begin{function}{\simplesmatricessetup} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{simplesmatricessetup}\marg{vliste de paires de clé-valeur} + \end{syntax} + où \meta{vliste de paires de clé-valeur} est l'habituelle vliste de paires de + clé-valeur valuant une ou plusieurs des trois clés de cette extension + telles que présentées ci-dessous en page~\pageref{sec:clefs}. + + Pour suivre une convention désormais bien établie le nom de cette macro + consiste en le nom de l'extension --- réduite à ces lettres \TeX{}iennes --- + suivi de l'anglais \emph{setup}. Je demande pardon pour cette étrange mixture + linguistique. + +\end{function} +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +\subsection{Shortcuts} +\label{sec:shortcuts} + +There are also two \emph{shortcut} macros: + +\begin{function}{\matid} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{matid}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\oarg{coefficient}\marg{number of columns} + \end{syntax} + which write the identity matrix --- by default --- with \meta{number of + columns} columns. If \meta{coefficient} is given, we obtain a diagonal + matrix with all its coefficients equal to \meta{coefficient}. + + The two first optional arguments have the same functionality as in the + preceding macros. + + \emph{matid} stands for ``\foreignlanguage{French}{matrice identité}'' which means + ``identity matrix''. +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\matnulle} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{matnulle}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{clist of key-value pairs}{\string>}\oarg{coefficient}\marg{number of columns} + \end{syntax} + writes the null matrix with \meta{number of columns} columns ---by default--- + or a matrix containing with \meta{number of columns} columns and all + coefficients equal to \meta{coefficient}. + + The two first optional arguments have the same functionality as in the + preceding macros. + + \emph{matnulle} stands for ``\foreignlanguage{French}{matrice nulle}'' which means + ``null matrix''. +\end{function} +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\subsection{Raccourcis} +\label{sec:shortcuts} + +L'extension propose deux macros \emph{raccourcis}: + +\begin{function}{\matid} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{matid}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{vliste de paires de clé-valeur}{\string>}\oarg{coefficient}\marg{nombre de colonnes} + \end{syntax} + qui imprime la matrice identité --- par défaut --- avec + \meta{nombre de colonnes} colonnes. + Si \meta{coefficient} est fourni, on obtient une matrice diagonale + dont tous les coefficients non-nuls sont égaux à \meta{coefficient}. + + Les deux premiers arguments optionnels ont la même fonction que dans les + macros précédentes. +\end{function} + +\begin{function}{\matnulle} + \begin{syntax} + \cs{matnulle}\parg{prefix}\darg{\string<}{vliste de paires de clé-valeur}{\string>}\oarg{coefficient}\marg{nombre de colonnes} + \end{syntax} + imprime la matrice nulle \meta{nombre de colonnes} colonnes --- par défaut --- + ou une matrice de \meta{nombre de colonnes} colonnes dont tous les + coefficients sont égaux à \meta{coefficient}. + + Les deux premiers arguments optionnels ont la même fonction que dans les + macros précédentes. +\end{function} +%</FRA> + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\(\matid{3}\)\qquad \(\matid[9]{3}\) +\par \medskip +\(\matnulle{3}\)\qquad \(\matnulle[2]{3}\) +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*ENG> +\section{The Package Options} +\label{sec:keys} + +The package uses key-value options. There are four keys: +\texttt{envir}, +\texttt{prefix}, +\texttt{typeord} +and +\texttt{argopt}. + +\begin{description} +\item[\texttt{envir} (\textit{\texttt{string}})] the main and last part of the + name of the environment used to print the matrix. Its initial value is + \texttt{matrix}. + +\item[\texttt{prefix} (\textit{\texttt{string}})] a string which is prefixed to + \texttt{envir} to obtain the complete name of the environment. Its initial + value is \texttt{p}. Therefore, by default, the environment used to print the + matrix is \texttt{bmatrix} as defined by \pkg{amsmath}. + +\item[\texttt{typeord} (\textit{\texttt{string}})] a string which is the + ordinary ---i.~e. default--- value of the \meta{type} optional argument. The + initial value of the key is \texttt{C}. + +\item[\texttt{argopt} (\textit{\texttt{token list}})] for French + \foreignlanguage{french}{\emph{argument optionnel}} (optional argument). That + key is initially void. See page~\pageref{sec:delarray} for usage. +\end{description} + +Moreover, an other key is available which is not an option of the package: +\texttt{out-of-box} which is a metakey. + +With |\simplesmatricessetup{out-of-box}| we obtain the same effect as with +|\simplesmatricessetup{prefix=p,|\BOP| envir=matrix,|% + \BOP| argopt=,|\BOP| typeord=C}|. +%</ENG> + +%<*FRA> +\section{Les options de l'extension} +\label{sec:clefs} + +L'extension utilise le système de clefs-valeurs pour ses options. Elle possède +quatre clés: \texttt{envir}, \texttt{prefix}, \texttt{typeord} et \texttt{argopt}. + +\begin{description} +\item[\texttt{envir} (\textit{\texttt{chaine de caractères}})] la partie finale + du nom de l'environnement utilisé pour imprimer la matrice. Sa valeur initiale + est \texttt{matrix}. + +\item[\texttt{prefix} (\textit{\texttt{chaine de caractères}})], caractères + placés devant \texttt{envir} pour fournir le nom complet de l'environnement + utilisé pour imprimer la matrice. Sa valeur initiale est \texttt{p}. Cela fait + que l'environnement par défaut est \texttt{pmatrix} fourni par \pkg{amsmath}. + +\item[\texttt{typeord} (\textit{\texttt{chaine de caractères}})] définit la + valeur ordinaire --- c.-à -d. par défaut --- de l'argument optionnel + \meta{type}. La valeur initiale de la clé est \texttt{C}. + +\item[\texttt{argopt} (\textit{\texttt{liste de lexèmes}}, anglais: + \foreignlanguage{english}{token list})]. Cette clé est vide par défaut. Voir + page~\pageref{sec:delarray} pour son utilisation. +\end{description} + +De plus, une clé supplémentaire existe qui est une métaclé: +\texttt{out-of-box}. + +Avec |\simplesmatricessetup{out-of-box}| on obtient le même effet qu'avec +|\simplesmatricessetup{prefix=p,|\BOP| envir=matrix,|% + \BOP| argopt=,|\BOP| typeord=C}|. +%</FRA> + +%<*ENG> +\section{Examples} +\label{sec:examples} +\subsection{Without any special package} +\label{sec:amsmath} + +That is with only \pkg{amsmath} loaded as done by this package. + +\subsubsection{Declaration and Usage} +\label{sec:declar} +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\section{Exemples} +\label{sec:exemples} +\subsection{Sans extension particulière} +\label{sec:amsmath} + +C'est-à -dire en chargeant uniquement \pkg{amsmath} comme le fait cette extension. + +\subsubsection{Déclaration et utilisation} +\label{sec:declar} +%</FRA> + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\declarermatrice{A}{1, 2, 300, 400} +\(\declarermatrice*{B}{a, b, c, d}\) +\qquad \(\lamatrice{A}\) \par \bigskip +\(\lamatrice(V){A}\) +\qquad \(\lamatrice(b){B}\) +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*ENG> +\subsubsection{The ``\texttt{type}'' argument} +\label{sec:matrix-type} + +The last but one --- optional --- argument of macros \cs{matrice} and +\cs{declarermatrice} defaults to \texttt{O}. In that case the value of the key +\texttt{typeord} is used to determine the \emph{type} of the matrix input, +see~\pageref{sec:matrix-type-key}. + +Its value can be a number, in which case it is the number of columns, or a +string ---presently a one letter string--- among: \texttt{C}, \texttt{D}, +\texttt{I}, \texttt{J}, \texttt{S}, \texttt{T} and \texttt{x}. +%</ENG> + +%<*FRA> +\subsubsection{L'argument \og \texttt{type}\fg} +\label{sec:matrix-type} + +L'avant dernier argument --- optionnel --- des macros \cs{matrice} et +\cs{declarermatrice} vaut par défaut \texttt{O}. Dans ce cas, c'est la valeur de +la clé \texttt{typeord} qui est utilisée pour déterminer le \emph{type} des +données de la matrice, voir~\pageref{sec:matrix-type-key}. + +Sinon, il peut prendre une valeur numérique qui est le nombre de colonnes de la +matrice ou encore une chaine de caractères --- à ce jour, une seule lettre --- +parmi: \texttt{C}, \texttt{D}, \texttt{I}, \texttt{J}, \texttt{S}, \texttt{T} et +\texttt{x}. +%</FRA> + +\medskip{} + +%<FRA> \texttt{C} signifie matrice \textbf{carrée}. +%<ENG> \texttt{C} means square matrix for French ``\texttt{C}arré'' means ``square''. +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\[ +\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} +\qquad +\matrice[C]{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} +\] +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<FRA> \texttt{D} signifie matrice \textbf{diagonale}. +%<ENG> \texttt{D} means \textbf{diagonal} matrix. +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\[ + \matrice{1, 2, 3, 4}\qquad + \matrice[D]{1, 2, 3, 4} +\] +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*FRA> +\texttt{I} signifie matrice triangulaire \textbf{inférieure}; \texttt{J} +signifie matrice triangulaire inférieure avec des zéros sur la diagonale. +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +\texttt{I} means lower triangular matrix. French ``\texttt{I}nférieur'' means +``lower''; \texttt{J} means lower triangular matrix with zeros on the diagonal. +%</ENG> +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\[ + \matrice[I]{1, 2, 3}\qquad + \matrice[J]{1, 2, 3} +\] +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*FRA> +\texttt{S} signifie matrice triangulaire \textbf{supérieure}; \texttt{T} +signifie matrice triangulaire supérieure avec des zéros sur la diagonale. +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +\texttt{S} means upper triangular matrix. French ``\texttt{S}upérieur'' means +``upper''; \texttt{T} means upper triangular matrix with zeros on the diagonal. +%</ENG> +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\[ + \matrice[S]{1, 2, 3}\qquad + \matrice[T]{1, 2, 3} +\] +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*FRA> +\texttt{x} signifie \texttt{xcas}. Avec cette valeur, on peut copier-coller de +\texttt{xcas} dans le document \LaTeX{}. +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +\texttt{x} means \texttt{xcas}. With that value, one can copy-paste from +\texttt{xcas} into the \LaTeX{} document. +%</ENG> +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\[ + \matrice[x]{[[7,1,3],[1,0,3],[5,1,2]]} +\] +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*FRA> +Un nombre donne le nombre de colonnes de la matrice. +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +A number sets up the number of columns of the matrix. +%</ENG> +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\[ + \matrice[2]{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} + \quad + \matrice[3]{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} +\] +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + + +%<*ENG> +\subsubsection{Using the ``\texttt{typeord}'' Key} +\label{sec:matrix-type-key} + +In this document, the key \texttt{typeord} has the initial value of~\texttt{C}. +%</ENG> + +%<*FRA> +\subsubsection{Utilisation de la clé \og \texttt{typeord}\fg} +\label{sec:matrix-type-key} + +Dans ce document, la clé \texttt{typeord} a comme valeur initiale~\texttt{C}. +%</FRA> + +\medskip{} + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\simplesmatricessetup{typeord=3} +\(\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}\) +\simplesmatricessetup{typeord=2} +\(\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}\) +\simplesmatricessetup{typeord=C} +\(\matrice{1, 2, 3, 4}\) +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*FRA> +Le code précédent n'est, bien entendu, donné qu'à titre d'illustration. Pour une +déclaration de type ne concernant qu'une seule matrice, on aura intérêt à +utiliser l'argument optionnel. Cependant si on veut rédiger un cours sur les +matrices triangulaires supérieures\dots{} +%</FRA> +%<*ENG> +The preceding code is but a mere illustration. In order to declare a type for +one matrix it's more convenient to use the optional argument. However if one +wants to write a lesson about upper triangular matrices\dots{} +%</ENG> + +%<*ENG> +\subsubsection{Using the \cs{(La)MatriceInterieur} Macros} +\label{sec:matint} +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\subsubsection{Utilisation des macros \cs{(La)MatriceInterieur}} +\label{sec:matint} +%</FRA> + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\declarermatrice{B}[4]{ +\hline ein, zwei, drei, vier, +\hline unos, dos, tres, cuatro, +\hline unu, du, tri, kvar} +\declarermatrice{A}[3]{one, two, three, +un, deux, trois, uno, due, tre} +\begin{tabular}{*{3}{l}} +\MatriceInterieur +\end{tabular} +\par \medskip +\begin{tabular}{|*{4}{l|}} +\LaMatriceInterieur{B}\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*ENG> +\subsection{Changing the Look} +\label{sec:changelook} + +We can load other packages which deal with matrices such as \pkg{mathtools}, +\pkg{delarray} or \pkg{nicematrix}. In that case we can change the look of our +matrices thanks to the option-key \texttt{envir}, \texttt{prefix} and +\texttt{argopt}. + +This document loads the three packages \pkg{mathtools}, \pkg{delarray} and +\pkg{nicematrix} in order to give the following examples. + +%</ENG> + +%<*FRA> +\subsection{Changer l'aspect} +\label{sec:aspect} + +On peut charger d'autres extensions qui permettent de présenter des matrices +comme \pkg{mathtools}, \pkg{delarray} ou \pkg{nicematrix}. Dans ce cas on peut +changer l'aspect de nos matrices grace aux clés d'option \texttt{envir}, +\texttt{prefix} et \texttt{argopt}. + +Ce document charge les trois extensions \pkg{mathtools}, \pkg{delarray} et +\pkg{nicematrix} pour présenter les exemples suivants. + +%</FRA> + +%<*ENG> +\subsubsection{With \pkg{mathtools}} +\label{sec:mathtools} + +As already stated above there are two ways to use the option-keys: through +\cs{simplesmatricesetup} or through the optional argument +\darg{\string<}{clist of pairs of key-value}{\string>}. I show both. + +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\subsubsection{Avec \pkg{mathtools}} +\label{sec:mathtools} + +Comme déjà signalé, il y a deux façons d'utiliser les clés d'option: à l'aide de +\cs{simplesmatricesetup} ou en utilisant l'argument optionnel +\darg{\string<}{vliste de paires de clé-valeur}{\string>}. Je montre les deux. + +%</FRA> + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\simplesmatricessetup{ + envir=matrix*, prefix=p, argopt=[r]} +\(\matrice{1, 2, 30, 40}\) \qquad +\simplesmatricessetup{out-of-box} +\(\matrice{1, 2, 30, 40}\) +\par \medskip +\(\matrice(b)<envir=matrix*, argopt=[l]> + {1, 2, 30, 40}\) +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + +%<*ENG> +\subsubsection{With \pkg{delarray}} +\label{sec:delarray} + +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\subsubsection{Avec \pkg{delarray}} +\label{sec:delarray} + +%</FRA> + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\simplesmatricessetup{ + envir=array, prefix=, + argopt=[c][{l c r}\}} +\(\matrice{1, 2, 30, 40}\) \qquad +\(\matid()<envir=array, + argopt={[c][{@{}l c r@{}}\}}>{3}\) +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} +\simplesmatricessetup{out-of-box} + + +%<*ENG> +\subsubsection{With \pkg{nicematrix}} +\label{sec:nicematrix} +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +\subsubsection{Avec \pkg{nicematrix}} +\label{sec:nicematrix} +%</FRA> + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\(\matrice<prefix=b, envir=NiceArray, +argopt={{*{2}{c}|cc}}>{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, +7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}\) +\end{VerbatimOut} + %| emacs +\UnExemple{} + +%<*ENG> +In that case we need to double the curly braces around the column descriptors of +the \texttt{array} environment because the first level is stripped off by +\LaTeX{} when valuating the key. + +In the following example, for the second matrix, it is not necessary to surround +the value of \texttt{argopt} with an extra pair of curly braces ---even if it is +not dangerous--- for the presence of \texttt{[margin]} prevents \LaTeX{} to +strip off the curly braces. +%</ENG> +%<*FRA> +Dans ce cas il faut doubler les accolades entourant les descripteurs de colonnes +de l'environnement \texttt{array} car \LaTeX{} retire un niveau d'accolades en +valuant la clé. + +Dans l'exemple suivant, pour la deuxième matrice, il n'est pas nécessaire +d'entourer la valeur de \texttt{argopt} d'une paire d'accolades --- même si ça +n'est pas dangereux --- car la présence de \texttt{[margin]} empêche \LaTeX{} de +supprimer une paire d'accolades. +%</FRA> + +\begin{VerbatimOut}[gobble=0]{code00.tex} +\(\matrice<prefix=b, envir=NiceArray, +argopt={{l c r}}>{1, 2, 3, 40, 50, 60, + 700, 800, 900}\) +\par \medskip +\(\matrice<prefix=b, envir=NiceArray, +argopt={l c r}[margin]>{1, 2, 3, + 40, 50, 60, 700, 800, 900}\) +\par \medskip +\(\matrice<prefix=b, envir=NiceArray, +argopt={{l c r}[margin]}>{1, 2, 3, + 40, 50, 60, 700, 800, 900}\) +\end{VerbatimOut} +\UnExemple{} + + +\vspace{\stretch{2}} + +\noindent\hspace*{0.2\textwidth}\hrulefill\hspace*{0.2\textwidth} +\begin{center} + \textsl{Le TeXnicien de Surface scripsit.} +\end{center} +\noindent\hspace*{0.2\textwidth}\hrulefill\hspace*{0.2\textwidth} + +\vspace*{\stretch{2}} + +\end{document} +%</doc> +% \fi +% \begin{implementation} +% +% \section{\pkg{simples-matrices} implementation} +% +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +%\subsection{Loading And Greeting} +%\label{sec:loading} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<@@=SMPLMTRC> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{l3keys2e,xparse} +\ProvidesExplPackage +{simples-matrices} {2022/06/08} {1.0} {defining and printing matrices} +\RequirePackage{amsmath} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \pkg{amsmath} is the only auxiliary package loaded. We need it to write the +% matrices. +% +%\subsection{Keys And Options} +%\label{sec:keysandoptions} +% +% I'm using the key management mechanism of \LaTeX3. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\keys_define:nn {simples-matrices} +{ + envir .tl_set:N = \g_@@_nom_environnement_tl, + envir .initial:n = {matrix}, + prefix .tl_set:N = \g_@@_prefix_environnement_tl, + prefix .initial:n = {p}, + argopt .tl_set:N = \g@@_argument_environnement_tl, + argopt .initial:n = { }, + typeord .str_set:N = \g_@@_type_ordinaire_str, + typeord .initial:n = { C }, +} +\ProcessKeysOptions {simples-matrices} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The keys above defined the package options. The next one may be usefull to +% return to a kind of neutral state. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\keys_define:nn {simples-matrices} +{ + out-of-box .meta:n = {prefix=p, envir=matrix, argopt=, typeord=C}, +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +%\subsection{Constants And Variables} +%\label{sec:const-var} +% +% To handle the syntax of \texttt{xcas} matrices, I resort to \emph{regex} so I +% have to create some constant \emph{regexes}. Some comments are just there to +% prevent \texttt{emacs} to go too far in formating the code. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\regex_const:Nn \c_@@_xcas_debut_regexp {\[\[} %\]\] +\regex_const:Nn \c_@@_xcas_fin_regexp {\]\]} +\regex_const:Nn \c_@@_xcas_milieu_regexp{\],\ *\[} %\] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Now come error messages: the first deals with bad numbers of coefficient for +% matrices of type I, J, S or T; the second appears when dealing with an x~type +% matrix. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnnn{simples-matrices}{errorIJST} +{The~number~of~coefficients~does~not~fit~the~matrix-type} +{I~was~expecting~#1~coefficients~and~obtain~only~#2.} + +\msg_new:nnnn{simples-matrices}{errorx} +{The~data~do~not~seem~to~match~the~x-type} +{I~was~expecting~the~data~to~begin~with~"[["} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% To contain the inner part of the matrix, we need a token list global +% variable. I chose to built it with a non-letter to try to prevent name clash. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:c {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@@_creer_matrice_aux:} +% +% When this macro is called, \cs{g_tmpa_int} contains the number of columns of +% the matrix and \cs{g_tmpa_seq} the \emph{sequence} of coefficients. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Nn \@@_creer_matrice_aux: +{ + \tl_gclear:c {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} + + \seq_map_indexed_inline:Nn \g_tmpa_seq + { + \tl_gput_right:cn {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} { ##2 } + \int_compare:nNnTF { \int_mod:nn {##1} { \g_tmpa_int } } = { 0 } + { + \tl_gput_right:cn {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} { \\ } + } + { + \tl_gput_right:cn {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} { & } + } + } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% At the end of this macro, \cs{g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} contains the inner +% part of the matrix. +% +% \end{macro} +% +% For I need to match a text against a regex constant, I create a variant of one +% of the function of \LaTeX3: +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \regex_match:nnF { nVF } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The next macro does the bulk of the work in reading the coefficients in the +% second argument and managing them according to the data-type which is given in +% the first argument. +% +% \begin{macro}{\@@_creer_matrice:nn} +% +% To be on the safe side, I begin with clearing the variable. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Nn \@@_creer_matrice:nn +{ + \tl_gclear:c {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} +% \end{macrocode} +% I then read the first argument inside \cs{l_tmpa_str} with \cs{str_set:Nx} in +% case the string is contained in a variable. +% \begin{macrocode} + \str_set:Nx \l_tmpa_str { #1 } +% \end{macrocode} +% If \verb|#1| is equal to \texttt{O}, I fetch the data-type in the string valued +% through the key \texttt{typeord}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \str_if_eq:VnT \l_tmpa_str { O } + { + \str_set:NV \l_tmpa_str \g_@@_type_ordinaire_str + } +% \end{macrocode} +% We enter now the first \texttt{case} which depends on the data-type. The +% first case deals with the \texttt{x}-type. Here we obtain the inner part of +% the matrix by replacing, according to \emph{regex}. There is no need to +% calculate anything. +% +% If ever there are other types of the same kind ---e.~g. to deal with +% \texttt{maxima} syntax or the like--- those types would be dealt with here. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \str_case:VnF \l_tmpa_str + { + { x } { + \tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl { #2 } + + \regex_match:nVF {\A\s*\[\[} %\]\] + \l_tmpa_tl + { + \msg_fatal:nn{simples-matrices} {errorx} + } + + \regex_replace_all:NnN \c_@@_xcas_debut_regexp { } \l_tmpa_tl + \regex_replace_all:NnN \c_@@_xcas_fin_regexp { \c{\\} } \l_tmpa_tl + \regex_replace_all:NnN \c_@@_xcas_milieu_regexp { \c{\\} } \l_tmpa_tl + \regex_replace_all:nnN { , }{ & } \l_tmpa_tl + + \tl_set_eq:cN {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} \l_tmpa_tl + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% The \texttt{x} -type is done. Now for the \texttt{false} part of the +% \texttt{case} where I will take care of the other kind of data-types, those +% which require calculations. +% +% I prepare the work by reading the second argument inside the \emph{sequence} +% \cs{g_tmpa_seq} and cleaning \cs{g_tmpb_seq}. +% \begin{macrocode} + { + \seq_set_from_clist:Nn \g_tmpa_seq { #2 } + \seq_clear:N \l_tmpb_seq +% \end{macrocode} +% Now come the second \texttt{case}: +% \begin{macrocode} + \str_case:VnF \l_tmpa_str + { +% \end{macrocode} +% The first case is that of the square matrices. I calculate the number of +% columns as the square root of the number of coefficients. There is, as for +% now, no check for correctness because in case of bad number of coefficients +% there will just be a strange matrix, with void cells. +% \begin{macrocode} + { C } { + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpb_int { \seq_count:N \g_tmpa_seq } + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpa_int { \fp_to_int:n { sqrt(\g_tmpb_int) } } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% In case of a diagonal matrix, the number of columns is simply the number of +% coefficients but we have to create the suitable \emph{sequence}. The trick is +% just to add as many zeros as there are columns between each given coefficient. +% \begin{macrocode} + { D } { + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpa_int { \seq_count:N \g_tmpa_seq } + \seq_pop_left:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl + \seq_put_right:NV \l_tmpb_seq \l_tmpa_tl + + \bool_until_do:nn { \seq_if_empty_p:N \g_tmpa_seq } + { + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int } + { + \seq_put_right:Nn \l_tmpb_seq { 0 } + } + \seq_pop:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl + \seq_put_right:NV \l_tmpb_seq \l_tmpa_tl + } + \seq_set_eq:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpb_seq + } +% \end{macrocode} +% The code for the next four cases is very similar. We have to calculate the +% number of columns from the number of coefficient and then complete the +% \emph{sequence} of coefficients. +% +% Here I check the correctness because, otherwise, in case of error \LaTeX{} +% doesn't behave kindly. +% +% The number of coefficients \emph{non-necessarily} null in a triangular matrix +% with \(n\)~columns is \(n(n+1)/2\) or \(n(n-1)/2\) if the diagonal is +% \emph{null}. Therefore the computing of \cs{g_tmpa_int} from \cs{g_tmpb_int} +% which is equal to the number of coefficients, that is the number of items in +% the \emph{sequence} \cs{g_tmpa_seq}. +% +% In the first case (upper triangular) there are coefficients on the diagonal so +% we have to append \(L-1\) zeros before \(N+1-L\) coefficients where \(L\) is +% the line number and \(N\) the number of columns. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + { S } { + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpb_int { \seq_count:N \g_tmpa_seq } + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpa_int + { + \fp_to_int:n { ( sqrt(1 + 8*\g_tmpb_int) - 1 ) / 2 } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% We check for correctness and abort in case of discrepancy. +% \begin{macrocode} + \int_compare:nNnF + {2*\g_tmpb_int} = { \g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int + 1)} + { + \msg_fatal:nnxx{simples-matrices} + {errorIJST} + {\int_to_arabic:n{(\g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int + 1))/2}} + {\int_to_arabic:n{\g_tmpb_int}} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \verb|##1| is the line number of the matrix +% \begin{macrocode} + + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int } + { + \int_step_inline:nn { ##1 - 1 } + { + \seq_put_right:Nn \l_tmpb_seq {0} + } + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int - ##1 + 1 } + { + \seq_pop:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl + \seq_put_right:NV \l_tmpb_seq \l_tmpa_tl + } + } + + \seq_set_eq:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpb_seq + + } +% \end{macrocode} +% When there are zeros on the diagonal, the formula changes a tiny bit: append +% \(L\) zeros before \(N-L\) coefficients. +% \begin{macrocode} + { T } { + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpb_int { \seq_count:N \g_tmpa_seq } + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpa_int + { + \fp_to_int:n { (1 + sqrt(1 + 8*\g_tmpb_int) ) / 2 } + } + \int_compare:nNnF + {2*\g_tmpb_int} = { \g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int - 1)} + { + \msg_fatal:nnxx{simples-matrices} + {errorIJST} + {\int_to_arabic:n{(\g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int - 1))/2}} + {\int_to_arabic:n{\g_tmpb_int}} + } + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int } + { + \int_step_inline:nn { ##1 } + { + \seq_put_right:Nn \l_tmpb_seq {0} + } + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int - ##1 } + { + \seq_pop:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl + \seq_put_right:NV \l_tmpb_seq \l_tmpa_tl + } + } + \seq_set_eq:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpb_seq + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Now come the cases for lower triangular matrices. First \emph{with diagonal}. +% \begin{macrocode} + { I } { + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpb_int { \seq_count:N \g_tmpa_seq } + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpa_int + { + \fp_to_int:n { ( sqrt(1 + 8*\g_tmpb_int) - 1 ) / 2 } + } + \int_compare:nNnF + {2*\g_tmpb_int} = { \g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int + 1)} + { + \msg_fatal:nnxx{simples-matrices} + {errorIJST} + {\int_to_arabic:n{(\g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int + 1))/2}} + {\int_to_arabic:n{\g_tmpb_int}} + } + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int } + { + \int_step_inline:nn { ##1 } + { + \seq_pop:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl + \seq_put_right:NV \l_tmpb_seq \l_tmpa_tl + } + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int - ##1 } + { + \seq_put_right:Nn \l_tmpb_seq {0} + } + } + \seq_set_eq:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpb_seq + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Secondly \emph{without diagonal}. +% \begin{macrocode} + { J } { + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpb_int { \seq_count:N \g_tmpa_seq } + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpa_int + { + \fp_to_int:n { (1 + sqrt(1 + 8*\g_tmpb_int) ) / 2 } + } + \int_compare:nNnF + {2*\g_tmpb_int} = { \g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int - 1)} + { + \msg_fatal:nnxx{simples-matrices} + {errorIJST} + {\int_to_arabic:n{(\g_tmpa_int * (\g_tmpa_int - 1))/2}} + {\int_to_arabic:n{\g_tmpb_int}} + } + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int } + { + \int_step_inline:nn { ##1 -1} + { + \seq_pop:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpa_tl + \seq_put_right:NV \l_tmpb_seq \l_tmpa_tl + } + \int_step_inline:nn { \g_tmpa_int - ##1 + 1} + { + \seq_put_right:Nn \l_tmpb_seq {0} + } + } + \seq_set_eq:NN \g_tmpa_seq \l_tmpb_seq + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Here we attain the \texttt{false} part of the second \texttt{case}. We assume +% that we have a number in \verb|#1|. +% \begin{macrocode} + { + \int_set:Nn \g_tmpa_int { \l_tmpa_str } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% If all is well, here it ends well with the number of columns in +% \cs{g_tmpa_int} and all the coefficients of the matrix in \cs{g_tmpa_seq}. So +% it's time to call +% \begin{macrocode} + \@@_creer_matrice_aux: + } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\MatriceInterieur} +% A document command to access the inner part of the \textbf{last} printed +% ---via \cs{matrice}--- or defined ---via \cs{declarermatrice}--- matrix. +% +% This macro can be placed inside an \env{array}-like environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \MatriceInterieur +{ + \tl_use:c { g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\LaMatriceInterieur} +% A version to access the inner part of a named matrix: +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \LaMatriceInterieur #1 +{ + \tl_use:c { g_@@_contenu_nom_#1_tl } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% The next macro is used to print a matrix. Its name means \emph{prepare (the) +% presentation} of the matrix. It builds the name of the environment, taking +% care of possible arguments of the said environment. +% +% \begin{macro}{\@@_preparer_presentation:nn} +% At the end of the macro, \cs{g_tmpa_tl} contains the \emph{overture} of the +% environment and \cs{g_tmpb_tl} the \emph{grand final}. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Nn \@@_preparer_presentation:nn +{ + \IfValueT{#1} + { + \keys_set:nn {simples-matrices} {prefix = #1} + } + \IfValueT{#2} + { + \keys_set:nn {simples-matrices} { #2 } + } + \tl_set:NV \l_tmpa_tl \g_@@_prefix_environnement_tl + \tl_put_right:NV \l_tmpa_tl \g_@@_nom_environnement_tl + \tl_set:Nn \g_tmpa_tl { \begin{\l_tmpa_tl} } + \tl_put_right:NV \g_tmpa_tl \g@@_argument_environnement_tl + \tl_set:Nn \g_tmpb_tl {\end{\l_tmpa_tl} } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Now comes the first main document command which prints the matrix from the +% data-type and coefficients. It assigns the different arguments to the +% auxiliary macros and finishes with using the token lists created by the +% auxiliaries. +% +% \begin{macro}{\matrice} +% \begin{macrocode} +\NewDocumentCommand{\matrice}{ d() d<> O{O} m } +{ + \@@_creer_matrice:nn { #3 } { #4 } + \@@_preparer_presentation:nn { #1 } { #2 } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpa_tl + \tl_use:c { g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpb_tl +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% I provide a way of changing the keys inside the document with the usual +% \emph{setup} macro: +% \begin{macro}{\simplesmatricessetup} +% \begin{macrocode} +\NewDocumentCommand{\simplesmatricessetup}{m} +{ + \keys_set:nn {simples-matrices} { #1 } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Another main document command to define a named matrix. The starred version +% defines and prints. +% +% The first mandatory argument ---the 4th of all--- should contain the ``name'' +% of the matrix with which one can recall the matrix using \cs{lamatrice}. +% \begin{macro}{\declarermatrice} +% \begin{macrocode} +\NewDocumentCommand{\declarermatrice}{ s d() d<> m O{O} m } +{ + \@@_creer_matrice:nn { #5 } { #6 } + \tl_gset_eq:cc {g_@@_contenu_nom_#4_tl} {g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl} + \IfBooleanT { #1 } + { + \@@_preparer_presentation:nn { #2 } { #3 } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpa_tl + \tl_use:c { g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpb_tl + } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% To print a named matrix: +% \begin{macro}{\lamatrice} +% \begin{macrocode} +\NewDocumentCommand{\lamatrice}{ d() d<> m } +{ + \@@_preparer_presentation:nn { #1 } { #2 } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpa_tl + \tl_use:c { g_@@_contenu_nom_#3_tl } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpb_tl +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% For the next commands, I need a variant: +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_creer_matrice:nn { nV } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The auxiliary macro to print an identity matrix. \verb|#1| will receive the value +% to print in the diagonal ---defaulting to \(1\)--- and \verb|#2| the number of +% columns. +% \begin{macro}{\@@_creer_matrice_identite:nn} +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Nn \@@_creer_matrice_identite:nn +{ + \clist_clear:N \l_tmpa_clist + \int_step_inline:nn { #2 } + { + \clist_put_left:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { #1 } + } + \@@_creer_matrice:nV {D} \l_tmpa_clist +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% I can then use it to define the document command: +% \begin{macro}{\matid} +% \begin{macrocode} +\NewDocumentCommand{\matid}{ d() d<> O{1} m} +{ + \@@_creer_matrice_identite:nn { #3 } { #4 } + \@@_preparer_presentation:nn { #1 } { #2 } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpa_tl + \tl_use:c { g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpb_tl +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% I follow the same pattern for null matrices. First the auxiliary macro, \verb|#2| +% is the number of columns, \verb|#1| the value of all the coefficients ---defaulting +% to \(0\)---. +% \begin{macro}{\@@_creer_matrice_nulle:nn} +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Nn \@@_creer_matrice_nulle:nn +{ + \clist_clear:N \l_tmpa_clist + \int_step_inline:nn { #2*#2 } + { + \clist_put_left:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { #1 } + } + \@@_creer_matrice:nV {C} \l_tmpa_clist +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% I can again use it to define the document command: +% \begin{macro}{\matnulle} +% \begin{macrocode} +\NewDocumentCommand{\matnulle}{ d() d<> O{0} m} +{ + \@@_creer_matrice_nulle:nn {#3} {#4} + \@@_preparer_presentation:nn { #1 } { #2 } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpa_tl + \tl_use:c { g_@@_contenu_anonyme*_tl } + \tl_use:N \g_tmpb_tl +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \end{implementation} +% +% \Finale \PrintChanges\PrintIndex +% +\endinput +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: doctex +%%% coding: utf-8 +%%% fill-column: 80 +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.ins new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b04f52f84 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.ins @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +\iffalse meta-comment + +File simples-matrices.ins Copyright (C) 2019, 2020 Yvon Henel + +It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in the file + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +\fi + +\input l3docstrip.tex +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +source files specified above. + +Do not distribute a modified version of this file. + +\endpreamble + +\keepsilent + +\generate{ + \file{simples-matrices.sty}{\from{simples-matrices.dtx}{package}} + \file{simples-matrices-fra.tex}{\from{simples-matrices.dtx}{doc,FRA}} + \file{simples-matrices-eng.tex}{\from{simples-matrices.dtx}{doc,ENG}} +} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9e8561020 --- /dev/null +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/simples-matrices/simples-matrices.pdf |